1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes false
133 \output_changes false
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
152 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
154 \begin_inset CommandInset href
156 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
167 \begin_inset Newline newline
171 \begin_inset Newline newline
175 \begin_inset Note Note
178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
179 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
180 \begin_inset Newline newline
185 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
193 \begin_layout Standard
194 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
195 LatexCommand tableofcontents
202 \begin_layout Chapter
206 \begin_layout Section
210 \begin_layout Standard
211 LyX is a document preparation system.
212 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
213 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
214 It is unlike most other
215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
222 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
224 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
240 pt type, left justified, 5
241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
249 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
253 \begin_layout Standard
254 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
267 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
271 \begin_layout Standard
273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
284 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
285 the format of all of the manuals.
286 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
287 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 \begin_layout Section
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
311 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
312 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
318 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
319 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
321 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
322 only a vertical scrollbar.
323 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
324 The first case is large images.
325 To avoid that they are displayed larger than your screen, use in the image
332 LaTeX and LyX options
335 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
337 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
338 this doesn't work for equations yet.
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
350 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
357 \begin_layout Section
361 \begin_layout Standard
362 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
367 of the manuals from inside LyX.
368 Just select the manual you want read from the
375 \begin_layout Section
377 \begin_inset CommandInset label
379 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
386 \begin_layout Standard
387 Almost all features of LyX that can be configured via the menu
389 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
393 \begin_inset Index idx
396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
402 LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
403 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
404 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
406 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
407 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
412 \begin_inset space \space{}
415 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
416 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
418 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
422 \begin_inset Index idx
425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
426 Reconfiguration of LyX
431 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
434 \begin_layout Section
436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
438 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
445 \begin_layout Standard
446 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
447 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
449 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
450 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
454 \begin_layout Standard
455 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
457 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
458 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
461 \begin_layout Standard
462 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
463 you can view from the menu
465 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
484 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
485 reconfigure LyX (menu
487 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
491 \begin_inset Note Note
494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
495 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
503 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
504 More about TeX Code is described in section
509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
511 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
515 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
522 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
532 \begin_inset Index idx
535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
536 Reconfiguration of LyX
541 See section 5.1 of the
545 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
548 \begin_layout Chapter
552 \begin_layout Section
553 Basic File Operations
554 \begin_inset Index idx
557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
566 \begin_layout Standard
571 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
572 in addition to some more advanced operations:
575 \begin_layout Itemize
587 \begin_layout Itemize
605 \begin_layout Itemize
617 \begin_layout Itemize
623 \begin_layout Itemize
635 \begin_layout Itemize
645 \begin_layout Itemize
659 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_layout Itemize
687 arg "dialog-show print"
693 \begin_layout Itemize
699 \begin_layout Standard
700 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
701 a few minor differences.
704 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
719 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
720 you for a template to use.
721 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
722 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
723 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
731 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
738 \begin_layout Standard
739 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
771 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
772 space is just that — a big, blank space.
780 \begin_layout Standard
801 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
806 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
831 will reload the document from disk.
832 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
833 and want to restore it to the last save.
842 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
843 can identify them as your changes.
846 \begin_layout Section
847 Basic Editing Features
848 \begin_inset Index idx
851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
860 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
867 \begin_layout Standard
868 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
869 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
870 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
871 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
873 We will start with cut and paste.
876 \begin_layout Standard
877 As you might expect, the
881 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
882 various other editing features.
883 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
887 \begin_layout Itemize
901 \begin_layout Itemize
915 \begin_layout Itemize
929 \begin_layout Itemize
939 \begin_layout Itemize
949 \begin_layout Itemize
965 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
971 \begin_layout Standard
972 The first three are self-explanatory.
973 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you have selected,
974 it is automatically placed in the clipboard.
983 keys also function as the
988 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
989 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
990 You will have to do an
994 to get back the lost text.
997 \begin_layout Standard
998 \begin_inset Index idx
1001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1007 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1011 \begin_inset space ~
1016 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1019 \begin_layout Standard
1022 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1024 \begin_inset space ~
1027 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1029 \begin_inset space ~
1033 \begin_inset space ~
1038 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1044 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1048 \begin_inset space ~
1053 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1054 will start a new paragraph.
1057 \begin_layout Standard
1058 \begin_inset Index idx
1061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1068 \begin_inset Index idx
1071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1079 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1081 \begin_inset space ~
1085 \begin_inset space ~
1093 \begin_inset space ~
1097 \begin_inset space ~
1103 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1108 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1111 \begin_inset space ~
1120 \begin_inset space ~
1125 button to skip the current word.
1129 \begin_inset space ~
1134 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1138 \begin_inset space ~
1143 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1145 If the toggle is set, searching for
1146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1157 will not match the word
1158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1172 Match whole words only
1174 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1175 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1203 LyX offers also an advanced
1206 \begin_inset space ~
1210 \begin_inset space ~
1215 feature that is described in sec.
1216 \begin_inset space ~
1220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1222 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1229 \begin_layout Standard
1230 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1231 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1233 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1238 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1245 \begin_layout Standard
1246 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1249 arg "inset-select-all"
1255 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1258 selects the whole document.
1261 \begin_layout Section
1263 \begin_inset Index idx
1266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1273 \begin_inset Index idx
1276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1285 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1292 \begin_layout Standard
1293 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1294 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1297 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1300 or the toolbar button
1306 to undo some mistake.
1307 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1309 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1312 or the toolbar button
1319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1326 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1327 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1330 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1333 \begin_layout Standard
1334 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1343 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1344 This is a consequence of the 100
1345 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1348 step undo limit, above.
1351 \begin_layout Standard
1360 work on almost everything in LyX.
1361 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1365 \begin_layout Section
1367 \begin_inset Index idx
1370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1379 \begin_layout Standard
1380 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1383 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 \begin_layout Itemize
1393 once anywhere in the edit window.
1394 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1398 \begin_layout Enumerate
1403 \begin_layout Itemize
1409 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1412 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1415 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1418 \begin_layout Itemize
1419 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1421 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1428 \begin_layout Enumerate
1429 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1433 \begin_layout Standard
1434 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1435 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1439 \begin_layout Section
1441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1443 name "sec:Navigating"
1448 \begin_inset Index idx
1451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1460 \begin_layout Standard
1461 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1464 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1470 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1473 \begin_layout Itemize
1474 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1476 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1479 or by the toolbar button
1482 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1488 \begin_layout Itemize
1489 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1491 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1494 and use the same menu to return to them.
1495 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1498 \begin_layout Standard
1502 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1507 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1508 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1511 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1512 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1513 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1514 your last editing position.
1517 \begin_layout Subsection
1521 \begin_layout Standard
1522 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1523 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1524 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1531 LatexCommand formatted
1532 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1536 ), or notes, or citations (see sec.
1537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1542 LatexCommand formatted
1543 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1548 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1552 \begin_layout Standard
1553 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1554 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1555 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1556 dialog and to modify the citation.
1557 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1561 \begin_layout Standard
1562 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1564 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1565 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1573 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1576 \begin_layout Standard
1577 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1578 you further to control the display.
1583 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1584 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1589 option keeps it in the current view state.
1590 Keeping means that when you have e.
1591 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1595 \begin_inset space \space{}
1598 the subsections of section
1599 \begin_inset space ~
1602 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1606 3, the subsections of section
1607 \begin_inset space ~
1610 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1615 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1616 \begin_inset space ~
1620 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1630 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1633 \begin_layout Standard
1635 \begin_inset space ~
1639 \begin_inset Graphics
1640 filename ../images/reload.png
1645 \begin_inset space ~
1648 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1649 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1652 \begin_inset space \space{}
1656 \begin_inset Graphics
1657 filename ../images/down.png
1659 groupId toolbarbuttons
1664 \begin_inset space ~
1668 \begin_inset space \space{}
1672 \begin_inset Graphics
1673 filename ../images/up.png
1675 groupId toolbarbuttons
1680 \begin_inset space ~
1683 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1684 So, for example, you can move section
1685 \begin_inset space ~
1689 \begin_inset space ~
1692 2.4 or after section
1693 \begin_inset space ~
1697 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1699 \begin_inset Graphics
1700 filename ../images/promote.png
1702 groupId toolbarbuttons
1707 \begin_inset Graphics
1708 filename ../images/demote.png
1710 groupId toolbarbuttons
1714 (or the corresponding key bindings
1722 ) you can change the level of sections.
1723 So you can for example make section
1724 \begin_inset space ~
1728 \begin_inset space ~
1732 \begin_inset space ~
1738 \begin_layout Section
1739 Input / Word Completion
1740 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1742 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1747 \begin_inset Index idx
1750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1757 \begin_inset Index idx
1760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1791 \begin_layout Standard
1792 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1794 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1795 is used to propose completions.
1798 \begin_layout Standard
1799 The input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
1801 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1806 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1813 \begin_inset space ~
1817 \begin_inset space ~
1822 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor.
1826 \begin_inset space ~
1831 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1832 The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
1836 \begin_inset space ~
1842 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
1843 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
1846 \begin_layout Standard
1847 LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that there are
1848 completions available.
1853 key to accept a proposed completion.
1854 If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1855 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1856 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1863 \begin_layout Standard
1864 The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
1865 ing options for text.
1866 The special math option
1870 enables that characters can be composed.
1871 If you for example want to insert the character
1872 \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
1875 , you can then input the characters
1876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1887 to a formula to get it.
1888 So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the usage
1889 of the math toolbar.
1890 A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
1894 that is somewhere in LyX's installation folder.
1897 \begin_layout Section
1899 \begin_inset Index idx
1902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1909 \begin_inset Index idx
1912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1941 \begin_inset Index idx
1944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1975 \begin_layout Standard
1976 There are at least two different primary binding maps:
1989 , which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
1991 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1997 \begin_layout Standard
2001 \begin_inset space ~
2009 \begin_inset space ~
2030 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2034 \begin_layout Labeling
2035 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2039 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2040 LatexCommand nomenclature
2042 description "Tabulator key"
2048 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2049 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2050 \begin_inset space ~
2054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2056 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2063 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2067 , especially section
2068 \begin_inset space ~
2072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2074 reference "sub:Lists"
2080 If you're still confused, look in the
2085 \begin_inset Newline newline
2088 In LyX the Tab key is only used to accept propositions of the input completion.
2091 \begin_layout Labeling
2092 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2096 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2097 LatexCommand nomenclature
2099 description "Escape key"
2106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2113 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2114 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2117 \begin_layout Labeling
2118 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2124 \begin_inset space ~
2128 \begin_inset space ~
2135 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2136 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2140 \begin_layout Standard
2141 There are three modifier keys:
2144 \begin_layout Labeling
2145 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2163 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2164 LatexCommand nomenclature
2166 description "Control key"
2170 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2171 on which keys it is used in combination with:
2175 \begin_layout Itemize
2184 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2187 \begin_layout Itemize
2196 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2199 \begin_layout Itemize
2208 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2212 \begin_layout Labeling
2213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2231 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2232 LatexCommand nomenclature
2234 description "Shift key"
2238 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
2239 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2242 \begin_layout Labeling
2243 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2261 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2262 LatexCommand nomenclature
2264 description "Alt or Meta key"
2268 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2269 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2270 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2276 \begin_inset Newline newline
2279 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2281 menu accelerator keys
2284 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2285 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2289 \begin_layout Standard
2290 For example, the sequence
2291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2297 \begin_inset space ~
2301 \begin_inset space ~
2307 \begin_inset space ~
2315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2334 \begin_inset space ~
2340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2350 \begin_layout Standard
2355 manual lists all other things bound to the
2363 \begin_layout Standard
2364 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2365 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2366 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action,
2367 you've just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2368 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2369 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2370 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2372 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2388 followed by a capital
2395 \begin_layout Standard
2396 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2398 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2403 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2406 as explained in sec.
2407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2413 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2420 \begin_layout Chapter
2422 \begin_inset Index idx
2425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2434 \begin_layout Section
2436 \begin_inset Index idx
2439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2448 \begin_layout Subsection
2452 \begin_layout Standard
2453 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2454 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2455 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2456 numbering schemes, and so on.
2457 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2458 and format the title of your document differently.
2461 \begin_layout Standard
2466 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2467 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2468 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2469 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2470 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2473 \begin_layout Standard
2474 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2475 how to adjust their properties.
2478 \begin_layout Subsection
2480 \begin_inset Index idx
2483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2492 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2499 \begin_layout Standard
2500 You can select a class using the
2502 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2503 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2507 \begin_inset Index idx
2510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2517 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2521 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2525 \begin_layout Standard
2526 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2530 \begin_layout Description
2531 Article for basic articles
2534 \begin_layout Description
2535 Report for basic reports
2538 \begin_layout Description
2539 Book for writing a book
2542 \begin_layout Description
2543 Letter for US-style letters
2546 \begin_layout Standard
2547 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2548 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2549 will include many of these.
2550 Here are some of the classes.
2551 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2553 Special Document Classes
2562 \begin_layout Description
2563 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2566 \begin_layout Description
2567 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2571 \begin_layout Description
2572 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2576 \begin_layout Description
2577 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2578 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2579 There are three article layouts available.
2580 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2581 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2582 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2583 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2588 sequential numbering
2589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2592 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2593 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2594 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2595 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2598 \begin_layout Description
2599 Beamer Layout for presentations
2602 \begin_layout Description
2603 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2604 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2608 \begin_layout Description
2609 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2612 \begin_layout Description
2614 \begin_inset space ~
2617 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2620 \begin_layout Description
2621 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2624 \begin_layout Description
2625 Foils Used to make transparencies
2628 \begin_layout Description
2629 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2630 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2634 \begin_layout Description
2635 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2636 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2639 \begin_layout Description
2640 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2643 \begin_layout Description
2644 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2647 \begin_layout Description
2648 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2649 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2650 (Is used by this document.)
2653 \begin_layout Description
2654 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2657 \begin_layout Description
2658 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2661 \begin_layout Description
2666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2673 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2674 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2676 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2679 \begin_layout Description
2680 Slides Used to make transparencies
2683 \begin_layout Description
2685 \begin_inset space ~
2688 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2689 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2692 \begin_layout Description
2693 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2696 \begin_layout Standard
2697 We will not go into any detail about how to use these different document
2699 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2705 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2706 of the document classes.
2709 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2713 \begin_layout Standard
2714 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2716 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2717 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2719 \begin_inset Index idx
2722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2739 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2740 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2742 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2745 \begin_layout Standard
2747 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2748 and some of them, like
2752 , are highly specialized.
2753 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2754 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2756 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2757 by some document class.
2758 There are just too many of them.
2759 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2762 \begin_layout Standard
2763 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2771 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2772 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2773 document class for a new file.
2774 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2779 Installing new LaTeX files
2780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2787 manual for information on how to install them.
2788 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2794 \begin_layout Standard
2795 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2796 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2798 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2799 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2800 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2802 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2805 \begin_inset space ~
2812 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2815 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2817 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2824 \begin_inset Index idx
2827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2836 \begin_layout Standard
2837 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2838 chosen document class.
2839 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2840 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2847 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2851 \begin_inset Index idx
2854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2861 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2865 \begin_layout Standard
2866 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2867 always installed by default.
2868 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2869 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2870 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2871 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2872 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2873 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2874 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2877 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2881 \begin_inset Index idx
2884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2885 Reconfiguration of LyX
2891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2894 Installing new LaTeX files
2895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2902 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2905 \begin_layout Standard
2906 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2914 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2915 LyX will advise you about these things.
2923 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2925 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2927 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2932 \begin_inset Index idx
2935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2936 Document ! Local Layout
2944 \begin_layout Standard
2945 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2946 used in a variety of different documents.
2947 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2948 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2949 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2950 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2951 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2952 What you want is LyX's
2953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2969 manual for information on how to use it.
2972 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2976 \begin_layout Standard
2977 Each class has a default set of options.
2978 Here's a quick table describing them:
2981 \begin_layout Standard
2982 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2988 \begin_layout Standard
2990 \begin_inset Tabular
2991 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2992 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2993 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2994 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2995 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2996 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2997 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3451 \begin_layout Standard
3452 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3458 \begin_layout Standard
3459 You're probably also wondering what
3460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3464 \begin_inset space ~
3468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3472 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3473 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3478 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3483 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3493 headings, there are also
3501 headings, and so on.
3502 We will describe these headings fully in section
3503 \begin_inset space ~
3507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3509 reference "sub:Headings"
3516 \begin_layout Subsection
3518 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3520 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3525 \begin_inset Index idx
3528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3537 \begin_inset Index idx
3540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3549 \begin_layout Standard
3550 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3552 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3559 \begin_inset space ~
3567 \begin_inset space ~
3572 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3574 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3575 to use for your document.
3576 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3580 \begin_layout Standard
3587 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3593 \begin_inset space ~
3598 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3599 You can choose between the following five options:
3602 \begin_layout Labeling
3603 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3608 Use default page style of current class.
3611 \begin_layout Labeling
3612 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3617 No page numbers or headings.
3620 \begin_layout Labeling
3621 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3629 \begin_layout Labeling
3630 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3635 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3636 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3637 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3640 \begin_layout Labeling
3641 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3646 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3647 have the LaTeX-package
3652 \begin_inset Index idx
3655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3656 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3662 How they are defined is explained in section
3663 \begin_inset space ~
3667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3669 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3676 \begin_layout Standard
3677 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3678 \begin_inset space ~
3682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3684 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3691 \begin_layout Subsection
3692 Paper Size and Orientation
3693 \begin_inset Index idx
3696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3697 Document ! Paper size
3703 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3705 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3712 \begin_layout Standard
3713 You find the following options in the menu
3716 \begin_inset space ~
3723 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3729 \begin_inset Index idx
3732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3741 \begin_layout Labeling
3742 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3746 \begin_inset space ~
3751 What size paper to print on.
3756 \begin_layout Itemize
3762 \begin_layout Itemize
3768 \begin_layout Itemize
3774 \begin_layout Itemize
3780 \begin_layout Itemize
3783 US letter, US legal, US executive
3786 \begin_layout Itemize
3792 \begin_layout Itemize
3799 \begin_layout Labeling
3800 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3805 To choose whether to output as
3816 \begin_layout Labeling
3817 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3821 \begin_inset space ~
3826 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3827 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3830 \begin_layout Subsection
3832 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3839 \begin_inset Index idx
3842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3849 \begin_inset Index idx
3852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3861 \begin_layout Standard
3862 Paper margins are set in the menu
3864 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3868 \begin_inset Index idx
3871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3880 \begin_layout Standard
3881 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3882 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3883 the paper format and the font size into account.
3886 \begin_layout Subsection
3890 \begin_layout Standard
3891 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3896 That includes the paragraph environments.
3897 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3898 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3899 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3900 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3909 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3911 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3912 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3913 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3916 \begin_layout Section
3917 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3918 \begin_inset Index idx
3921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3922 Paragraph ! Indentation
3930 \begin_layout Subsection
3932 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3934 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3941 \begin_layout Standard
3942 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3943 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3946 \begin_layout Standard
3947 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3948 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3949 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3950 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3954 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3960 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3961 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3962 language than English.
3963 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3966 \begin_layout Standard
3967 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3968 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3970 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3971 LyX takes care of that.
3972 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3974 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3975 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3976 of a page, and so on.
3980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3981 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3986 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3987 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3991 of these pre-coded spacings.
3992 We will explain more later.
3995 \begin_layout Subsection
3996 Paragraph Separation
3997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3999 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
4004 \begin_inset Index idx
4007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4008 Paragraph ! Separation
4016 \begin_layout Standard
4017 To separate paragraphs, select
4028 \begin_inset space ~
4035 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4039 \begin_inset Index idx
4042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4048 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4051 \begin_layout Subsection
4055 \begin_layout Standard
4056 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4059 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4061 \begin_inset space ~
4066 dialog and toggle the
4069 \begin_inset space ~
4074 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4077 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4081 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4082 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4086 \begin_layout Standard
4087 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4088 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4091 \begin_layout Subsection
4093 \begin_inset Index idx
4096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4097 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4105 \begin_layout Standard
4108 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4112 \begin_inset Index idx
4115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4124 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4127 \begin_inset space ~
4136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4137 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4142 \begin_inset Index idx
4145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4146 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4151 installed to use this feature.
4159 \begin_layout Section
4160 Paragraph Environments
4161 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4163 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4168 \begin_inset Index idx
4171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4172 Paragraph ! Environments
4178 \begin_inset Index idx
4181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4182 Paragraph environments|(
4190 \begin_layout Subsection
4194 \begin_layout Standard
4195 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4198 \begin_layout Standard
4217 \begin_inset Newline newline
4220 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4221 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4222 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4231 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4234 \begin_layout Standard
4235 A paragraph environment is simply a
4236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4243 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4244 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4245 scheme, labels, and so on.
4246 Additionally, you can
4247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4254 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4255 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4256 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4257 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4258 days of typewriters.
4259 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4261 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
4264 \begin_layout Standard
4265 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4266 \begin_inset Graphics
4267 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4273 at the left end of the toolbar.
4274 LyX will change the environment of the
4278 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4279 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4280 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4284 \begin_layout Standard
4293 create a new paragraph using the
4297 paragraph environment.
4299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4306 because if you are in one of these environments:
4309 \begin_layout Itemize
4315 \begin_layout Itemize
4321 \begin_layout Itemize
4327 \begin_layout Itemize
4333 \begin_layout Itemize
4339 \begin_layout Itemize
4345 \begin_layout Itemize
4351 \begin_layout Standard
4352 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4356 , rather than resetting it to
4361 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4362 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4363 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4364 \begin_inset space ~
4368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4370 reference "sec:Nesting"
4375 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4380 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4381 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4385 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4391 \begin_layout Subsection
4395 \begin_layout Standard
4396 The default paragraph environment is
4401 It creates a plain paragraph.
4402 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4403 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4404 this manual) are in the
4411 \begin_layout Standard
4412 You can nest a paragraph using the
4416 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4424 \begin_layout Subsection
4426 \begin_inset Index idx
4429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4438 \begin_layout Standard
4439 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4448 for thanks or contact information.
4449 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4450 page along with today's date.
4451 For other types of documents, the title
4452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4459 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4463 \begin_layout Standard
4464 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4478 Here's how you use them:
4481 \begin_layout Itemize
4482 Put the title of your document in the
4489 \begin_layout Itemize
4490 Put the author name in the
4497 \begin_layout Itemize
4498 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4499 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4505 Note that using this environment is optional.
4506 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4507 If you don't want any date, add the line
4508 \begin_inset Newline newline
4518 \begin_inset Newline newline
4521 to the preamble of your document (menu
4523 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4529 \begin_layout Standard
4530 You can use footnotes to insert
4531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4538 or contact information.
4541 \begin_layout Subsection
4543 \begin_inset Index idx
4546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4553 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4562 \begin_layout Standard
4563 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4564 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4567 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4569 \begin_inset Index idx
4572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4573 Section headings ! Numbered
4581 \begin_layout Standard
4582 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4586 \begin_layout Enumerate
4592 \begin_layout Enumerate
4598 \begin_layout Enumerate
4604 \begin_layout Enumerate
4610 \begin_layout Enumerate
4616 \begin_layout Enumerate
4622 \begin_layout Enumerate
4628 \begin_layout Standard
4629 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4630 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4631 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4634 \begin_layout Standard
4635 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4636 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4637 You group the book into chapters.
4638 LyX does similar grouping:
4641 \begin_layout Itemize
4646 is divided in either
4657 \begin_layout Itemize
4669 \begin_layout Itemize
4681 \begin_layout Itemize
4693 \begin_layout Itemize
4705 \begin_layout Itemize
4717 \begin_layout Standard
4718 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4726 Not all document types use the
4730 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4735 is the top-level heading.
4743 \begin_layout Standard
4748 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4749 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4751 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4763 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4765 \begin_inset Index idx
4768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4769 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4777 \begin_layout Standard
4778 The unnumbered section headings have a
4779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4786 at the end of their name.
4787 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4788 the table of contents, see section
4789 \begin_inset space ~
4793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4802 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4803 Changing the Numbering
4804 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4806 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4813 \begin_layout Standard
4814 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4815 in the Table of Contents.
4816 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4818 Certain classes start with
4832 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4842 This is something you can change.
4845 \begin_layout Standard
4848 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4854 \begin_inset Index idx
4857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4868 \begin_inset space ~
4872 \begin_inset space ~
4877 you will see two counters.
4882 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4884 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4888 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4889 Short Titles of Headings
4890 \begin_inset Index idx
4893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4894 Section headings ! Short titles
4900 \begin_inset Argument
4903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4910 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4912 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4919 \begin_layout Standard
4920 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4921 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4922 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4923 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4926 \begin_layout Standard
4927 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4928 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4929 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4930 To specify a short title, use the menu
4932 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4934 \begin_inset space ~
4940 This will insert a box labeled
4941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4956 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4957 This also works for captions inside floats.
4960 \begin_layout Standard
4961 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4964 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4968 \begin_layout Standard
4969 The following information applies to all section headings:
4972 \begin_layout Itemize
4973 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4976 \begin_layout Itemize
4977 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4980 \begin_layout Itemize
4981 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4984 \begin_layout Itemize
4985 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4988 \begin_layout Subsection
4989 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4992 \begin_layout Standard
4993 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5007 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5008 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5009 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5010 the text they contain.
5011 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5019 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5022 \begin_layout Standard
5023 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5032 when you start a new paragraph.
5033 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5037 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5038 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5039 to change back to the
5043 environment yourself.
5046 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5056 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5063 \begin_inset Index idx
5066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5075 \begin_layout Standard
5076 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5077 time for the differences.
5086 are identical except for one difference:
5090 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5099 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5102 \begin_layout Standard
5103 Here's an example of the
5116 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5118 See – no indentation!
5122 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5123 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5124 the other paragraph.
5127 \begin_layout Standard
5128 Here's another example, this time in the
5135 \begin_layout Quotation
5141 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
5142 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5143 the first line, then
5147 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5151 you were quoting other text.
5154 \begin_layout Quotation
5155 Here's a new paragraph.
5156 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5157 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5160 \begin_layout Standard
5161 As the examples show,
5165 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5166 They should put quotes in the
5171 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5175 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5178 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5184 \begin_inset Index idx
5187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5196 \begin_inset Index idx
5199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5206 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5215 \begin_layout Standard
5220 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5226 \begin_inset Newline newline
5229 Which I did not rehearse!
5233 It could be much worse.
5234 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5236 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5237 indented a bit more than the first.
5238 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5244 \begin_inset Newline newline
5247 And make things look fine
5248 \begin_inset Newline newline
5254 arg "newline-insert newline"
5260 \begin_layout Standard
5265 does not indent both margins.
5266 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5267 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5274 arg "newline-insert newline"
5280 \begin_layout Subsection
5282 \begin_inset Index idx
5285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5292 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5301 \begin_layout Standard
5302 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5312 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5321 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5322 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
5323 describing some general features of all four of them.
5326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5330 \begin_layout Standard
5331 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5333 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5342 reset the environment to
5346 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5347 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5348 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5352 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5355 to break paragraphs.
5358 \begin_layout Standard
5359 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5360 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5362 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5363 you read all of section
5364 \begin_inset space ~
5368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5370 reference "sec:Nesting"
5378 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5384 \begin_inset Index idx
5387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5403 \begin_layout Standard
5404 The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
5408 paragraph environment.
5409 It has the following properties:
5412 \begin_layout Itemize
5413 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5417 \begin_layout Itemize
5418 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5421 \begin_layout Itemize
5422 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5426 \begin_layout Itemize
5427 The items can have any length.
5428 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5429 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5436 \begin_layout Itemize
5441 environment inside another
5445 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5449 \begin_layout Itemize
5450 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5453 \begin_layout Itemize
5454 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5457 \begin_layout Itemize
5459 \begin_inset space ~
5463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5465 reference "sec:Nesting"
5469 for a full explanation of nesting.
5473 \begin_layout Standard
5474 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5483 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5486 \begin_layout Standard
5487 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5488 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5491 \begin_layout Itemize
5492 The label for the first level
5496 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5500 \begin_layout Itemize
5501 The label for the second level is a dash.
5505 \begin_layout Itemize
5506 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5510 \begin_layout Itemize
5511 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5515 \begin_layout Itemize
5516 Back out to the third level.
5520 \begin_layout Itemize
5521 Back to the second level.
5525 \begin_layout Itemize
5526 Back to the outermost level.
5529 \begin_layout Standard
5530 These are the default labels for an
5535 You can customize these labels in the
5537 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5540 dialog in the submenu
5547 \begin_inset Index idx
5550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5559 \begin_layout Standard
5560 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5561 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5563 \begin_inset space ~
5567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5569 reference "sec:Nesting"
5576 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5582 \begin_inset Index idx
5585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5594 name "sec:Enumerate"
5601 \begin_layout Standard
5606 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5607 It has these properties:
5610 \begin_layout Enumerate
5611 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5615 \begin_layout Enumerate
5616 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5620 \begin_layout Enumerate
5621 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5624 \begin_layout Enumerate
5629 environment resets the counter to one.
5632 \begin_layout Enumerate
5645 \begin_layout Enumerate
5646 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5647 Items can have any length.
5650 \begin_layout Enumerate
5651 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5654 \begin_layout Enumerate
5655 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5658 \begin_layout Enumerate
5659 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5663 \begin_layout Standard
5672 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5673 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5680 \begin_layout Enumerate
5681 The first level of an
5685 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5689 \begin_layout Enumerate
5690 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5694 \begin_layout Enumerate
5695 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5699 \begin_layout Enumerate
5700 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5703 \begin_layout Enumerate
5704 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5709 \begin_layout Enumerate
5710 Back to the third level
5714 \begin_layout Enumerate
5715 Back to the second level.
5719 \begin_layout Enumerate
5720 Back to the outermost level.
5723 \begin_layout Standard
5724 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5729 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5734 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5738 \begin_layout Standard
5739 There is more to nesting
5743 environments than we've stated here.
5744 You should read section
5745 \begin_inset space ~
5749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5751 reference "sec:Nesting"
5755 to learn more about nesting.
5758 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5764 \begin_inset Index idx
5767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5776 \begin_layout Standard
5777 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5781 list has no fixed label.
5782 Instead, LyX uses the first
5783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5790 of the first line as the label.
5794 \begin_layout Description
5795 Example: This is an example of the
5802 \begin_layout Standard
5803 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5807 \begin_layout Standard
5809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5816 it is meant that the first hit of the
5820 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5822 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5830 arg "space-insert protected"
5835 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5836 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5838 \begin_inset space ~
5844 \begin_inset space ~
5848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5850 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5854 for more info.) Here is an example:
5857 \begin_layout Description
5859 \begin_inset space ~
5862 Example: This one shows how to use a
5865 \begin_inset space ~
5877 \begin_layout Description
5878 Usage: You should use the
5882 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5883 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5885 It's not a good idea to use a
5889 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5890 You're better off using
5902 paragraphs into them.
5905 \begin_layout Description
5906 Nesting: You can nest
5910 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5914 \begin_layout Standard
5915 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5916 them from the first line.
5919 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5925 \begin_inset Index idx
5928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5937 \begin_layout Standard
5942 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5945 \begin_layout Standard
5946 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5954 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5959 environment is named
5971 \begin_layout Standard
5980 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5981 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5984 \begin_layout Labeling
5985 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5987 \begin_inset space ~
5990 labels LyX uses the first
5991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5998 of each line as the item label.
6003 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6004 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6005 blank as described above.
6008 \begin_layout Labeling
6009 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6010 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6011 the body of the item text.
6012 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6013 label width plus a little extra space.
6017 \begin_layout Labeling
6018 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6020 \begin_inset space ~
6023 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6025 If the label width is larger, the label
6026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6033 into the first line.
6034 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6035 margin of the rest of the item text.
6038 \begin_layout Labeling
6039 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6041 \begin_inset space ~
6044 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6049 environment have the same left margin.
6050 \begin_inset Newline newline
6053 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6056 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6058 \begin_inset space ~
6067 \begin_inset space ~
6072 determines the default label width.
6073 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6082 multiple times instead.
6083 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6092 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6095 \begin_inset space ~
6100 every time you alter a label in a
6105 \begin_inset Newline newline
6108 The predefined default width is the length of
6109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6118 \begin_inset Newline newline
6122 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6130 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6131 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6139 \begin_layout Standard
6144 environment the same way like the
6148 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6154 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6158 \begin_layout Standard
6163 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6165 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6167 \begin_inset space ~
6171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6173 reference "sec:Nesting"
6177 to learn about nesting.
6180 \begin_layout Standard
6181 There is yet another feature of the
6185 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6187 You can use additional
6191 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6196 are documented in section
6197 \begin_inset space ~
6201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6203 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6208 Here are some examples:
6211 \begin_layout Labeling
6212 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6213 Left The default for
6220 \begin_layout Labeling
6221 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6222 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6229 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6232 \begin_layout Labeling
6233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6234 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6238 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6245 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6248 \begin_layout Subsection
6250 \begin_inset Index idx
6253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6262 \begin_layout Standard
6263 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6266 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6268 in the document settings.
6269 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6274 \begin_inset Index idx
6277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6278 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6286 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6287 Custom Enumerate Lists
6288 \begin_inset Index idx
6291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6292 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6300 \begin_layout Standard
6302 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6305 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6308 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6309 There you add the command
6312 \begin_layout Standard
6320 \begin_layout Standard
6321 in TeX Code (shortcut
6331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6332 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6333 \begin_inset space ~
6337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6339 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6352 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6359 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6360 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6373 For Arabic numerals use
6381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6388 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6403 \begin_layout Standard
6405 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6413 You can only number 26
6414 \begin_inset space ~
6417 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6425 \begin_layout Standard
6426 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6427 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6430 \begin_layout Standard
6431 As example a list with custom numbering:
6434 \begin_layout Enumerate
6435 \begin_inset Argument
6438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6464 \begin_layout Enumerate
6465 \begin_inset Argument
6468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6491 \begin_layout Enumerate
6496 \begin_layout Enumerate
6497 \begin_inset Argument
6500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6524 \begin_layout Enumerate
6525 \begin_inset Argument
6528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6554 \begin_layout Standard
6555 For this list these commands were used:
6558 \begin_layout Standard
6569 \begin_inset Newline newline
6577 \begin_inset Newline newline
6585 \begin_inset Newline newline
6595 \begin_layout Standard
6602 makes the label emphasized and
6611 \begin_layout Standard
6612 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6620 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6621 lists until you change the definition.
6629 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6631 \begin_inset Index idx
6634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6635 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6643 \begin_layout Standard
6644 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6647 \begin_layout Enumerate
6648 \begin_inset Argument
6651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6670 \begin_inset Note Note
6673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6674 goes back to default numbering
6682 \begin_layout Enumerate
6686 \begin_layout Standard
6690 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6694 \begin_layout Standard
6695 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6700 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6701 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6704 \begin_layout Standard
6705 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6713 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6721 \begin_layout Standard
6722 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6724 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6725 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6726 of a normal new enumeration.
6727 There insert the command
6730 \begin_layout Standard
6736 \begin_layout Standard
6741 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6745 \begin_layout Enumerate
6749 \begin_layout Enumerate
6753 \begin_layout Standard
6754 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6757 \begin_layout Enumerate
6758 \begin_inset Argument
6761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6777 This enumeration starts at 4
6780 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6782 \begin_inset Index idx
6785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6794 \begin_layout Standard
6795 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6797 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6800 \begin_layout Itemize
6804 \begin_layout Itemize
6805 with standard spacing
6808 \begin_layout Standard
6809 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6811 There add the command
6815 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6818 \begin_layout Itemize
6819 \begin_inset Argument
6822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6841 \begin_layout Itemize
6845 \begin_layout Itemize
6849 \begin_layout Standard
6850 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6856 \begin_inset Index idx
6859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6860 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6866 For more info see its documentation,
6867 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6876 \begin_layout Standard
6877 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6879 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
6880 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6881 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6884 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6887 \begin_layout Enumerate
6888 \begin_inset Argument
6891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6899 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6912 \begin_layout Enumerate
6913 with negative indentation
6916 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6917 Further Customization
6918 \begin_inset Index idx
6921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6922 Lists ! Customization
6930 \begin_layout Standard
6931 You can also change the style of description lists.
6935 \begin_layout Standard
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6942 changes the description label font, the command
6945 \begin_layout Standard
6951 \begin_layout Standard
6952 sets the list style.
6955 \begin_layout Standard
6956 An example where the command
6959 \begin_layout Standard
6964 itshape, style=nextline
6967 \begin_layout Standard
6971 \begin_layout Description
6973 \begin_inset space ~
6977 \begin_inset Argument
6980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6986 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6988 itshape, style=nextline
6998 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6999 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
7003 \begin_layout Description
7005 \begin_inset space ~
7008 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
7009 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
7010 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
7013 \begin_layout Standard
7014 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7020 \begin_inset Index idx
7023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7024 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7030 For more info see its documentation,
7031 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7040 \begin_layout Subsection
7042 \begin_inset Index idx
7045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7054 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7062 \begin_inset space ~
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7071 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7079 \begin_inset space ~
7085 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7086 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7087 In contrast, you can use the
7094 \begin_inset space ~
7099 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7100 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7104 \begin_layout Standard
7105 Of course, you're not limited to using
7112 \begin_inset space ~
7121 \begin_inset space ~
7126 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7127 some European academic papers.
7130 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7132 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7134 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7141 \begin_layout Standard
7146 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7147 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7151 \begin_inset space ~
7156 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7157 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7158 Here's an example of each:
7161 \begin_layout Right Address
7163 \begin_inset Newline newline
7167 \begin_inset Newline newline
7171 \begin_inset Newline newline
7174 When is it? What is today?
7177 \begin_layout Standard
7181 \begin_inset space ~
7187 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7188 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7189 Here's an example of the
7196 \begin_layout Address
7198 \begin_inset Newline newline
7201 Where do I send this
7202 \begin_inset Newline newline
7205 Your post office and country
7208 \begin_layout Standard
7209 As you can see, both
7216 \begin_inset space ~
7221 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7226 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7232 This makes sense, since
7240 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7241 Thus, you have to use
7248 arg "newline-insert newline"
7254 \begin_inset space ~
7257 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7259 \begin_inset space ~
7268 menu) to start a new line in an
7275 \begin_inset space ~
7283 \begin_layout Subsection
7287 \begin_layout Standard
7288 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7289 or list of references.
7290 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7293 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7297 \begin_inset Index idx
7300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7309 \begin_layout Standard
7314 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7315 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7316 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7317 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7321 in anything else or vice versa.
7327 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7328 The book document classes ignores the
7332 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7336 in a letter document class.
7339 \begin_layout Standard
7344 environment does several things for you.
7345 First, it puts the centered label
7346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7354 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7356 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7357 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7358 the subsequent text.
7359 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7360 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7363 \begin_layout Standard
7364 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7368 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7369 The new paragraph will still be in the
7374 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7375 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7378 \begin_layout Standard
7379 \begin_inset Float figure
7384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7386 \begin_inset Graphics
7387 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7395 \begin_inset Caption
7397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7400 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7421 \begin_layout Standard
7422 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7426 environment, but since this document is in the
7427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7434 class, we can't do this.
7435 We inserted it therefore as figure
7436 \begin_inset space ~
7440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7442 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7447 If you've never heard of an
7448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7455 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7458 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7464 \begin_inset Index idx
7467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7474 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7476 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7483 \begin_layout Standard
7488 environment is used to list references.
7489 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7490 only use it at the end of the document.
7495 in anything else or vice versa will not work.
7498 \begin_layout Standard
7499 When you first open a
7503 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7519 depending on the document class.
7520 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7521 Each paragraph of the
7525 environment is a bibliography entry.
7530 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7531 Each new paragraph is still in the
7538 \begin_layout Standard
7539 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7540 by using a BibTeX database.
7541 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7542 phy handling, have a look at in section
7543 \begin_inset space ~
7547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7549 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7556 \begin_layout Subsection
7560 \begin_inset Index idx
7563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7564 Paragraph ! LyX code
7570 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7579 \begin_layout Standard
7584 environment is another LyX extension.
7585 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7590 key as a fixed whitespace;
7594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7606 \begin_inset space ~
7611 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7616 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7617 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
7620 arg "newline-insert newline"
7637 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7638 So, when you finish using the
7642 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7643 Also, you can nest the
7647 environment inside of others.
7650 \begin_layout Standard
7651 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7654 \begin_layout Itemize
7658 arg "newline-insert newline"
7661 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7662 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7666 \begin_inset space \space{}
7676 arg "newline-insert newline"
7682 \begin_layout Itemize
7686 arg "newline-insert newline"
7697 \begin_layout Itemize
7702 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7709 \begin_layout Itemize
7713 arg "space-insert protected"
7720 \begin_layout Itemize
7721 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7722 You must put at least one
7726 in any line you want blank.
7727 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7730 \begin_layout Itemize
7731 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7735 since that will insert
7740 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7743 arg "self-insert \""
7749 \begin_layout Standard
7753 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7757 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7761 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7765 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7769 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7770 printf("Hello World!
7775 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7779 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7783 \begin_layout Standard
7784 This is just the standard
7785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7796 \begin_layout Standard
7801 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7802 rc-files, and so on.
7803 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7804 as if you used a typewriter.
7805 \begin_inset Index idx
7808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7809 Paragraph environments|)
7814 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7817 Program Code Listings
7822 \begin_inset space ~
7830 \begin_layout Section
7831 Nesting Environments
7832 \begin_inset Index idx
7835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7836 Nesting ! Environments
7842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7851 \begin_layout Subsection
7855 \begin_layout Standard
7856 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7858 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7860 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7862 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7874 \begin_layout Enumerate
7878 \begin_layout Enumerate
7883 \begin_layout Enumerate
7887 \begin_layout Enumerate
7892 \begin_layout Enumerate
7896 \begin_layout Standard
7897 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7898 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7901 \begin_inset space ~
7905 \begin_inset space ~
7913 \begin_inset space ~
7917 \begin_inset space ~
7926 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7927 will tell you how far you are nested).
7928 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7931 arg "depth-increment"
7937 arg "depth-decrement"
7940 or the convenient key bindings
7951 arg "depth-increment"
7957 arg "depth-decrement"
7960 to change the nesting level.
7961 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7962 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7966 \begin_layout Standard
7967 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7968 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7969 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7970 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7973 \begin_layout Standard
7974 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7975 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7977 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7980 \begin_layout Subsection
7981 What You Can and Can't Nest
7984 \begin_layout Standard
7985 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7986 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7989 \begin_layout Standard
7990 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7991 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7992 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7995 \begin_layout Itemize
7996 Completely unnestable
7999 \begin_layout Itemize
8000 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
8004 \begin_layout Itemize
8005 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
8009 \begin_layout Standard
8010 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8011 environments have them:
8014 \begin_layout Description
8015 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8016 Can't nest into them.
8020 \begin_layout Itemize
8026 \begin_layout Itemize
8032 \begin_layout Itemize
8038 \begin_layout Itemize
8044 \begin_layout Itemize
8051 \begin_layout Description
8053 \begin_inset space ~
8056 Nestable You can nest them.
8057 You can nest other things into them.
8061 \begin_layout Itemize
8067 \begin_layout Itemize
8073 \begin_layout Itemize
8079 \begin_layout Itemize
8085 \begin_layout Itemize
8091 \begin_layout Itemize
8097 \begin_layout Itemize
8103 \begin_layout Itemize
8110 \begin_layout Description
8111 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8112 You can't nest anything into them.
8116 \begin_layout Itemize
8122 \begin_layout Itemize
8128 \begin_layout Itemize
8134 \begin_layout Itemize
8140 \begin_layout Itemize
8146 \begin_layout Itemize
8152 \begin_layout Itemize
8158 \begin_layout Itemize
8164 \begin_layout Itemize
8170 \begin_layout Itemize
8176 \begin_layout Itemize
8182 \begin_layout Itemize
8188 \begin_layout Itemize
8194 \begin_layout Itemize
8198 \begin_inset space ~
8204 \begin_layout Itemize
8211 \begin_layout Standard
8212 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8220 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8229 \begin_inset space ~
8233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8237 \begin_inset space \space{}
8240 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8241 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8242 section headings violate this.
8250 \begin_layout Subsection
8251 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8252 \begin_inset Index idx
8255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8256 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8264 \begin_layout Standard
8265 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8266 affected by nesting anyhow.
8270 \begin_layout Itemize
8274 \begin_layout Itemize
8278 \begin_layout Itemize
8282 \begin_layout Standard
8284 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8292 Figures and tables in
8296 are not affected by this.
8301 Have a look at section
8302 \begin_inset space ~
8306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8308 reference "sec:Floats"
8312 for more information about
8319 \begin_layout Standard
8320 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8321 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8325 \begin_layout Standard
8326 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8334 of its own, it behaves just like a
8335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8342 paragraph environment.
8343 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8347 \begin_layout Standard
8348 Here's an example with a table:
8351 \begin_layout Enumerate
8356 \begin_layout Enumerate
8357 This is (a) and it's nested.
8361 \begin_layout Standard
8362 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8368 \begin_layout Standard
8370 \begin_inset Tabular
8371 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8372 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8373 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8374 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8458 \begin_layout Standard
8459 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8466 \begin_layout Enumerate
8468 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8472 \begin_layout Enumerate
8476 \begin_layout Standard
8477 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8480 \begin_layout Enumerate
8485 \begin_layout Enumerate
8486 This is (a) and it's nested.
8490 \begin_layout Standard
8491 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8497 \begin_layout Standard
8499 \begin_inset Tabular
8500 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8501 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8502 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8503 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8587 \begin_layout Standard
8588 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8594 \begin_layout Enumerate
8601 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8604 \begin_layout Enumerate
8608 \begin_layout Standard
8609 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8613 \begin_layout Standard
8614 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8616 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8619 \begin_layout Enumerate
8624 \begin_layout Enumerate
8625 This is (a) and it's nested.
8628 \begin_layout Standard
8629 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8635 \begin_layout Standard
8637 \begin_inset Tabular
8638 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8639 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8640 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8641 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8725 \begin_layout Standard
8726 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8732 \begin_layout Enumerate
8734 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8742 \begin_layout Enumerate
8746 \begin_layout Standard
8747 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8753 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8754 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8758 \begin_layout Subsection
8759 Usage and General Features
8762 \begin_layout Standard
8763 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8772 is the innermost possible depth.
8773 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8776 \begin_layout Enumerate
8777 level #1 – outermost
8781 \begin_layout Enumerate
8786 \begin_layout Enumerate
8791 \begin_layout Enumerate
8796 \begin_layout Itemize
8801 \begin_layout Itemize
8810 \begin_layout Standard
8811 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8812 both of them in the example.
8813 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8823 For example, if we tried to nest another
8828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8835 , we would get errors.
8838 \begin_layout Subsection
8840 \begin_inset Index idx
8843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8852 \begin_layout Standard
8853 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8854 We have several examples of nested environments.
8855 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8859 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8860 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8863 \begin_layout Labeling
8864 \labelwidthstring MMM
8865 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8874 \begin_layout Labeling
8875 \labelwidthstring MMM
8876 #2-a This is level #2.
8877 We created it by using
8880 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8886 arg "depth-increment"
8893 \begin_layout Labeling
8894 \labelwidthstring MMM
8895 #3-a This is level #3.
8896 This time, we just hit
8903 arg "depth-increment"
8907 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8911 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8917 arg "depth-increment"
8924 \begin_layout Standard
8929 environment, nested inside of
8930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8938 So, it's at level #4.
8939 We did this by hitting
8942 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8948 arg "depth-increment"
8951 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8956 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8972 \begin_layout Standard
8977 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8980 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8986 \begin_layout Labeling
8987 \labelwidthstring MMM
8988 #4-a This is level #4.
8992 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8995 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9000 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
9004 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9009 keep nesting things inside
9010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9021 \begin_layout Labeling
9022 \labelwidthstring MMM
9023 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9028 \begin_layout Labeling
9029 \labelwidthstring MMM
9030 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9031 and this is level #6.
9032 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9036 \begin_layout Labeling
9037 \labelwidthstring MMM
9038 #5-b Back to level #5.
9042 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9048 arg "depth-decrement"
9055 \begin_layout Labeling
9056 \labelwidthstring MMM
9060 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9066 arg "depth-decrement"
9069 , we're back at level #4.
9073 \begin_layout Labeling
9074 \labelwidthstring MMM
9075 #3-b Back to level #3.
9076 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9080 \begin_layout Labeling
9081 \labelwidthstring MMM
9082 #2-b Back to level #2.
9087 \begin_layout Labeling
9088 \labelwidthstring MMM
9089 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9090 After this sentence, we will hit
9094 and change the paragraph environment back to
9101 \begin_layout Standard
9102 We could have also used the
9118 environment in place of the
9123 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9126 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9127 Example 2: Inheritance
9130 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9131 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9134 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9143 arg "depth-increment"
9146 , after which, we will change to the
9154 \begin_layout Enumerate
9159 environment, at level #2.
9162 \begin_layout Enumerate
9163 Notice how the nested
9167 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9171 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9175 \begin_layout Standard
9176 We ended this example by hitting
9181 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9185 and reset the nesting depth by using
9188 arg "depth-decrement"
9194 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9195 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9204 \begin_inset Argument
9207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9208 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9216 \begin_layout Enumerate
9217 This is level #1, in an
9221 paragraph environment.
9222 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9226 \begin_layout Enumerate
9231 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9237 arg "depth-increment"
9241 Now, what happens if we nest an
9245 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9246 label be? An asterisk?
9250 \begin_layout Itemize
9260 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9261 So, its label is a bullet.
9262 (We got here by using
9265 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9271 arg "depth-increment"
9274 , then changing the environment to
9282 \begin_layout Itemize
9283 Here's level #4, produced using
9286 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9292 arg "depth-increment"
9296 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9301 \begin_layout Enumerate
9302 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9304 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9309 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9313 , because we are in the
9322 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9341 \begin_layout Enumerate
9346 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9347 type of numbering does LyX use?
9350 \begin_layout Enumerate
9351 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9354 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9357 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9360 \begin_layout Enumerate
9364 arg "depth-decrement"
9367 to decrease the depth after the next
9370 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9377 \begin_layout Enumerate
9379 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9383 \begin_layout Enumerate
9385 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9386 numeral as the label.Why?
9389 \begin_layout Enumerate
9390 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9399 Notice, however, that LyX
9403 reset the counter for the label.
9407 \begin_layout Enumerate
9411 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9417 arg "depth-decrement"
9420 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9421 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9422 into the twofold-nested
9430 \begin_layout Enumerate
9431 The same thing happens if we do another
9434 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9440 arg "depth-decrement"
9443 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9446 \begin_layout Standard
9447 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9452 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9466 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9472 The same rule applies for the
9476 environment, as well.
9479 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9480 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9483 \begin_layout Enumerate
9484 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9485 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
9486 the same detail with how we did it.
9495 \begin_layout Standard
9503 arg "depth-increment"
9510 : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
9511 the example in parentheses someplace.
9512 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9513 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9514 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
9518 \begin_layout Enumerate
9523 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9528 Now we will add verse.
9529 \begin_inset Newline newline
9532 It will get much worse.
9533 \begin_inset Newline newline
9543 arg "depth-increment"
9554 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9555 \begin_inset Newline newline
9558 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9559 \begin_inset Newline newline
9565 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9578 \begin_layout Standard
9579 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9585 \begin_layout Standard
9587 \begin_inset Tabular
9588 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9589 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9590 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9591 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9680 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9690 arg "depth-increment"
9696 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9706 arg "depth-decrement"
9713 \begin_layout Enumerate
9718 : level #1) This is another item.
9719 Note that selecting a
9723 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9724 3 times to put the table inside the
9732 \begin_layout Quotation
9733 We're now ending the
9737 list and changing to
9742 We're still at level #1.
9743 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9744 The next set of paragraphs is a
9745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9752 We will nest both the
9759 \begin_inset space ~
9764 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9768 for the letter body.
9772 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9775 to preserve the depth.
9776 Remember that you need to use
9779 arg "newline-insert newline"
9782 to create multiple lines inside the
9789 \begin_inset space ~
9799 \begin_layout Right Address
9801 \begin_inset Newline newline
9804 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9805 \begin_inset Newline newline
9811 \begin_layout Address
9813 \begin_inset space ~
9819 \begin_layout Quotation
9820 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9824 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9825 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9826 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9827 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9828 as soon as possible.
9829 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9832 \begin_layout Quotation
9833 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9834 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9835 with your order, along with payment.
9838 \begin_layout Quotation
9839 We thank you again for your patience.
9842 \begin_layout Address
9844 \begin_inset Newline newline
9851 \begin_layout Quotation
9852 That ends that example!
9855 \begin_layout Standard
9856 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9857 just a few keystrokes.
9858 We could have easily nested an
9879 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9882 \begin_layout Section
9883 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9884 \begin_inset Index idx
9887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9896 \begin_layout Standard
9897 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9898 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9899 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9900 be broken at the end of a line.
9901 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9905 \begin_layout Subsection
9907 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9909 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9914 \begin_inset Index idx
9917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9926 \begin_layout Standard
9927 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9929 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9933 Further documentation is given in section
9934 \begin_inset Newline newline
9938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9940 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9948 \begin_layout Standard
9949 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9964 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9973 A protected space is set with
9975 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9976 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9980 \begin_inset space ~
9990 arg "space-insert protected"
9996 \begin_layout Subsection
9998 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10000 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10005 \begin_inset Index idx
10008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10009 Spacing ! Horizontal
10017 \begin_layout Standard
10018 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
10020 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10021 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10025 The length units are listed in Appendix
10026 \begin_inset space ~
10030 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10032 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10039 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10043 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10048 \begin_inset Index idx
10051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10052 Spaces ! Inter-word
10060 \begin_layout Standard
10062 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10066 \begin_inset space \space{}
10069 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10070 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10071 \begin_inset space ~
10075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10077 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10082 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10083 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10086 arg "space-insert normal"
10092 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10096 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10101 \begin_inset Index idx
10104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10113 \begin_layout Standard
10115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10122 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10131 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10132 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10133 inside abbreviations:
10136 \begin_layout Quote
10138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10142 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10145 \begin_layout Standard
10146 or between values and units.
10147 Compare for example this:
10148 \begin_inset Newline newline
10152 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10156 \begin_inset Newline newline
10159 10 kg (normal space
10162 \begin_layout Standard
10163 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10165 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10166 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10168 \begin_inset space ~
10176 arg "space-insert thin"
10182 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10184 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10186 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10193 \begin_layout Standard
10194 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10197 \begin_layout Description
10199 \begin_inset space ~
10203 \begin_inset space ~
10206 space A line with a
10207 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10211 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10215 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10218 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10221 \begin_layout Description
10223 \begin_inset space ~
10227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10231 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10235 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10239 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10243 \begin_inset space ~
10247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10250 em) space between the arrows.
10253 \begin_layout Description
10255 \begin_inset space ~
10259 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10263 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10267 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10271 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10275 \begin_inset space ~
10279 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10282 em) space between the arrows.
10285 \begin_layout Description
10287 \begin_inset space ~
10291 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10295 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10299 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10303 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10307 \begin_inset space ~
10311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10314 em) space between the arrows.
10317 \begin_layout Description
10319 \begin_inset space ~
10323 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10327 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10332 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10336 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10339 cm space between the arrows.
10342 \begin_layout Standard
10344 \begin_inset space ~
10348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10350 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10354 lists the different space sizes.
10357 \begin_layout Standard
10358 \begin_inset Float table
10363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10365 \begin_inset Caption
10367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10368 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10370 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10374 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10384 \begin_inset Tabular
10385 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10386 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10387 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10388 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10428 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10500 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10515 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10528 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10543 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10556 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10571 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10584 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10605 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10611 \begin_inset Index idx
10614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10623 \begin_layout Standard
10624 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10625 in a uniform fashion.
10626 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10627 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10628 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10629 equally between themselves.
10633 \begin_layout Standard
10634 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10637 \begin_layout Quote
10639 This is on the left side
10640 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10643 This is on the right
10646 \begin_layout Quote
10649 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10653 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10659 \begin_layout Quote
10662 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10666 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10670 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10676 \begin_layout Standard
10677 That was an example in the
10683 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10687 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10691 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10694 is one in a standard paragraph.
10695 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10699 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10702 \begin_layout Standard
10703 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10706 \begin_inset space ~
10711 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10714 \begin_layout Standard
10716 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10720 \begin_inset space ~
10726 \begin_layout Standard
10728 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10732 \begin_inset space ~
10738 \begin_layout Standard
10740 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10744 \begin_inset space ~
10750 \begin_layout Standard
10752 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10756 \begin_inset space ~
10762 \begin_layout Standard
10764 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10768 \begin_inset space ~
10774 \begin_layout Standard
10776 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10780 \begin_inset space ~
10786 \begin_layout Standard
10787 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10795 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10799 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10800 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10801 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10805 option in the space dialog.
10813 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10817 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10822 \begin_inset Index idx
10825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10834 \begin_layout Standard
10835 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10837 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10841 \begin_inset space \space{}
10844 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10847 \begin_layout Standard
10848 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10851 What is correct English?:
10852 \begin_inset Newline newline
10856 \begin_inset Newline newline
10860 \begin_inset space ~
10863 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10864 \begin_inset Newline newline
10868 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10879 \begin_inset Newline newline
10883 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10894 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10900 \begin_layout Standard
10901 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10906 \begin_inset space ~
10910 \begin_inset space ~
10914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10918 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10920 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10921 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10925 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10931 \begin_inset space ~
10935 \begin_inset space ~
10939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10942 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10951 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10952 That is why it is named
10953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10961 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10962 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10966 \begin_layout Subsection
10968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10970 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10975 \begin_inset Index idx
10978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10987 \begin_layout Standard
10988 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10990 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10991 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10993 \begin_inset space ~
10999 There you find the following sizes:
11002 \begin_layout Standard
11015 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
11020 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
11022 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11026 \begin_inset Index idx
11029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11030 Document ! Settings
11035 for the paragraph separation.
11036 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11047 \begin_layout Standard
11053 \begin_inset Index idx
11056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11062 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11063 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11065 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11066 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11075 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11084 s are described in section
11085 \begin_inset space ~
11089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11091 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11100 If there are several
11104 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11105 You can therefore use
11109 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11112 \begin_layout Standard
11117 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11118 \begin_inset space ~
11122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11124 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11131 \begin_layout Standard
11132 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11142 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11143 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11155 \begin_layout Subsection
11156 Paragraph Alignment
11159 \begin_layout Standard
11160 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11162 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11166 There are five possibilities:
11169 \begin_layout Itemize
11177 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11183 \begin_layout Itemize
11191 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11197 \begin_layout Itemize
11205 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11211 \begin_layout Itemize
11219 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11225 \begin_layout Itemize
11233 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11239 \begin_layout Standard
11240 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11241 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11242 the left and right margins.
11243 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11246 \begin_layout Standard
11248 This paragraph is right aligned,
11251 \begin_layout Standard
11253 this one is centered,
11256 \begin_layout Standard
11258 this one is left aligned.
11261 \begin_layout Subsection
11263 \begin_inset Index idx
11266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11267 Page breaks ! Forced
11273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11275 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11282 \begin_layout Standard
11283 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11284 can force a page break where you want one.
11285 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11286 Only if you use a lot of
11290 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11293 \begin_layout Standard
11294 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11295 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11299 have to change the page breaking.
11302 \begin_layout Standard
11303 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11305 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11307 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11308 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11310 \begin_inset space ~
11316 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11318 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11319 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11321 \begin_inset space ~
11326 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11328 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11329 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11332 \begin_layout Standard
11333 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11334 at the top of a page.
11335 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11336 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11337 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11338 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11342 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11346 to learn more about
11353 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11355 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11357 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11362 \begin_inset Index idx
11365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11366 Page breaks ! Clear
11374 \begin_layout Standard
11375 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11376 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11377 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11378 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11379 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11382 \begin_layout Standard
11383 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11385 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11386 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11388 \begin_inset space ~
11394 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11396 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11397 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11399 \begin_inset space ~
11403 \begin_inset space ~
11408 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11409 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11412 \begin_layout Subsection
11414 \begin_inset Index idx
11417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11424 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11426 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11433 \begin_layout Standard
11434 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11436 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11438 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11439 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11441 \begin_inset space ~
11445 \begin_inset space ~
11453 arg "newline-insert newline"
11457 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11459 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11460 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11462 \begin_inset space ~
11466 \begin_inset space ~
11471 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11473 This is useful to avoid
11474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11481 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11484 \begin_layout Standard
11485 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11486 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11487 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11488 set a line break, e.
11489 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11493 \begin_inset space \space{}
11496 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11497 \begin_inset space ~
11501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11503 reference "sec:Quote"
11508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11510 reference "sec:Verse"
11515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11517 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11524 \begin_layout Subsection
11526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11528 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11533 \begin_inset Index idx
11536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11545 \begin_layout Standard
11547 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11558 \begin_layout Standard
11561 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11562 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11564 \begin_inset space ~
11569 you can insert horizontal lines.
11570 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11571 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11572 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11575 \begin_layout Standard
11577 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11588 \begin_layout Section
11589 Characters and Symbols
11592 \begin_layout Standard
11593 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11594 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11595 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11599 \begin_inset space \space{}
11602 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11604 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11610 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11614 for information on how this is done.
11617 \begin_layout Standard
11618 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11623 dialog via the menu
11625 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11626 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11632 \begin_layout Standard
11633 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11641 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11642 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11643 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11651 \begin_layout Section
11652 Fonts and Text Styles
11653 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11655 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11662 \begin_layout Subsection
11664 \begin_inset Index idx
11667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11676 \begin_layout Standard
11677 There are two types of fonts:
11680 \begin_layout Description
11682 \begin_inset space ~
11686 \begin_inset Index idx
11689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11695 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11696 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11700 characters) in the font.
11701 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11702 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11703 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11704 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11705 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11706 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11707 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11708 \begin_inset Newline newline
11711 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11712 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11713 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11714 sizes than at small ones.
11715 \begin_inset Newline newline
11729 \begin_inset space ~
11737 \begin_layout Description
11739 \begin_inset space ~
11743 \begin_inset Index idx
11746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11752 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11753 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11754 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11755 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11756 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11757 picture manipulation program.
11758 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11759 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11760 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11761 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11762 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11764 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11765 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11766 \begin_inset Newline newline
11769 Bitmap fonts are named
11772 \begin_inset space ~
11777 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11780 \begin_layout Standard
11781 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11782 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11783 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11784 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11785 use scalable fonts.
11788 \begin_layout Standard
11789 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11790 its document properties.
11793 \begin_layout Standard
11794 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11795 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11796 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11797 font to emphasize text, you use an
11798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11806 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11807 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11811 \begin_layout Subsection
11813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11815 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11822 \begin_layout Standard
11823 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11824 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11825 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11827 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11828 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11829 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11830 to usual word processors.
11831 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11832 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11833 across different machines.
11834 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11835 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11837 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11839 \begin_inset space ~
11843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11845 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11850 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11851 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11855 \begin_layout Standard
11856 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11857 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11858 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11859 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11860 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11861 that is installed on your system.
11862 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11865 \begin_layout Standard
11866 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11874 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11875 es; so you might have to experiment.
11883 \begin_layout Standard
11884 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11892 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11893 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11901 \begin_layout Subsection
11902 Document Font and Font size
11903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11905 name "sub:Document-Font"
11910 \begin_inset Index idx
11913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11920 \begin_inset Index idx
11923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11932 \begin_layout Standard
11933 You can set the document fonts in the
11935 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11939 \begin_inset Index idx
11942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11943 Document ! Settings
11953 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11954 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11957 \begin_inset space ~
11966 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11967 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11971 \begin_layout Standard
11978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11987 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11988 This requires that you use
11994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12033 as output format, i.
12034 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12038 \begin_inset space ~
12041 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12042 \begin_inset space ~
12046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12048 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12053 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
12054 Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
12056 \begin_inset space ~
12059 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12060 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12061 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12063 LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12066 \begin_layout Standard
12067 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12072 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12077 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12078 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12085 \begin_inset space ~
12091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12104 European Computer Modern
12107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12114 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12117 \begin_layout Standard
12126 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12127 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12132 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12135 \begin_inset space ~
12140 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12146 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12147 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12150 \begin_layout Itemize
12154 \begin_inset space ~
12159 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12172 \begin_inset space ~
12177 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12181 as the default font.
12182 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12183 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12186 \begin_inset space ~
12199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12200 One difference is improved kerning.
12208 \begin_layout Itemize
12212 \begin_inset space ~
12216 \begin_inset space ~
12221 fonts in (the rare) case that
12224 \begin_inset space ~
12229 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12244 Virtual means that it
12245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12256 -glyphs from other fonts.
12257 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12279 Loading the LaTeX-package
12284 \begin_inset Index idx
12287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12288 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12293 with the document preamble line
12294 \begin_inset Newline newline
12301 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12302 \begin_inset Newline newline
12307 will fix the guillemet problem.
12312 and that accented characters are not
12316 glyph, but build of
12320 characters, the accent and the letter.
12321 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12327 If you search for example for the French word
12328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12335 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
12337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12344 and not for the glyph
12345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12349 \begin_inset space ~
12353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12359 \begin_layout Itemize
12360 If you do not like the look of
12368 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12373 \begin_inset space ~
12379 \begin_inset space ~
12389 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12390 \begin_inset space ~
12393 serif and typewriter fonts,
12397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12398 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12399 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12405 \begin_inset space ~
12414 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12415 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12419 \begin_inset space \space{}
12427 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12431 \begin_inset space \space{}
12437 \begin_inset space ~
12445 \begin_inset space ~
12455 but you can also select your own.
12456 \begin_inset Newline newline
12459 The differences between roman,
12462 \begin_inset space ~
12471 fonts are explained in section
12472 \begin_inset space ~
12476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12478 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12483 \begin_inset Newline newline
12489 \begin_inset space ~
12494 was originally designed for newspapers.
12495 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12496 into the small newspaper columns.
12500 \begin_inset space ~
12505 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12508 \begin_layout Standard
12509 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12522 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12527 depends on the class you are using.
12528 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12531 \begin_layout Standard
12532 Note that the font size is the
12537 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12538 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12539 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12542 \begin_inset space ~
12548 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12549 \begin_inset space ~
12553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12555 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12562 \begin_layout Standard
12567 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12569 \begin_inset space ~
12572 serif or typewriter.
12577 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12587 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12590 \begin_layout Standard
12599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12608 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12614 \begin_inset Index idx
12617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12618 LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
12624 \begin_inset space ~
12628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12630 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12635 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12636 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12643 \begin_layout Standard
12644 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12646 Use Old Style Figures
12650 Use True Small Caps
12653 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12656 Use Old Style Figures
12658 is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
12660 Old style figures are the numerals (0
12661 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12665 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12668 9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lower
12672 Use True Small Caps
12674 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12675 of scaled capitals.
12676 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12677 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12680 \begin_layout Standard
12685 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12686 a font to display the script characters.
12690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12691 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12696 \begin_inset Index idx
12699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12700 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
12705 So this has no effect for the document language
12721 \begin_layout Standard
12722 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12726 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12734 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12738 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12739 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12740 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12742 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12745 dialog, see section
12746 \begin_inset space ~
12750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12752 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12764 \begin_layout Subsection
12765 Using Different Character Styles
12766 \begin_inset Index idx
12769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12776 \begin_inset Index idx
12779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12788 \begin_layout Standard
12789 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12790 certain paragraph environments.
12791 LyX supports two character styles,
12800 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12804 \begin_layout Standard
12809 style, do one of the following:
12812 \begin_layout Itemize
12813 click on the toolbar button
12822 \begin_layout Itemize
12823 use the key binding
12832 \begin_layout Standard
12833 These commands are all toggles.
12838 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12841 \begin_layout Standard
12842 One typically uses the
12846 style for proper names.
12848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12855 is the original author of LyX.
12856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12862 \begin_layout Standard
12863 A more widely used character style is the
12868 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12875 \begin_layout Itemize
12876 clicking on the toolbar button
12885 \begin_layout Itemize
12886 using the keybindings
12895 \begin_layout Standard
12900 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12901 es use a different font.
12904 \begin_layout Standard
12905 We've been using the
12909 style all over the place in this document.
12910 Here's one more example:
12913 \begin_layout Quotation
12916 Don't overuse character styles!
12919 \begin_layout Standard
12920 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12921 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12922 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12923 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12927 \begin_layout Standard
12928 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12936 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12938 \begin_inset space ~
12946 \begin_layout Subsection
12947 Fine-Tuning with the
12952 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12954 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12959 \begin_inset Index idx
12962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12971 \begin_layout Standard
12972 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12973 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12974 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12975 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12976 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12977 from ordinary dialog.
12980 \begin_layout Standard
12981 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12982 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12983 \begin_inset Newline newline
12986 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12987 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12990 \begin_layout Standard
12991 To use custom character styles, open the
12993 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12995 \begin_inset space ~
12998 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13001 dialog or press the toolbar button
13004 arg "dialog-show character"
13008 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
13009 font property which you can choose.
13010 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
13013 \begin_inset space ~
13018 , which keeps the current state of that property.
13023 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
13024 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
13025 environments in a snap.
13028 \begin_layout Standard
13029 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
13032 \begin_inset space ~
13044 \begin_layout Labeling
13045 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13059 The possible options are:
13063 \begin_layout Labeling
13064 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13069 This is the Roman font family.
13070 Normally a serif font.
13071 It's also the default family.
13081 \begin_layout Labeling
13082 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13086 \begin_inset space ~
13093 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13105 \begin_layout Labeling
13106 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13113 This is the Typewriter font family.
13119 arg "font-typewriter"
13128 \begin_layout Labeling
13129 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13134 This corresponds to the print weight.
13139 \begin_layout Labeling
13140 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13145 This is the Medium font series.
13146 It's also the default series.
13149 \begin_layout Labeling
13150 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13157 This is the Bold font series.
13170 \begin_layout Labeling
13171 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13176 As the name implies.
13181 \begin_layout Labeling
13182 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13187 This is the Upright font shape.
13188 It's also the default shape.
13191 \begin_layout Labeling
13192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13206 s the Italic font shape
13212 \begin_layout Labeling
13213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13220 This is the Slanted font shape
13222 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13225 \begin_layout Labeling
13226 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13230 \begin_inset space ~
13237 This is the Small caps font shape
13244 \begin_layout Labeling
13245 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13250 Alters the size of the font.
13251 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
13252 proportional to the document font size.
13253 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13254 what you want to do.
13259 \begin_layout Labeling
13260 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13281 arg "font-size tiny"
13287 \begin_layout Labeling
13288 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13309 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13315 \begin_layout Labeling
13316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13337 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13343 \begin_layout Labeling
13344 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13365 arg "font-size small"
13371 \begin_layout Labeling
13372 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13386 It's also the default size.
13390 arg "font-size normal"
13396 \begin_layout Labeling
13397 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13418 arg "font-size large"
13424 \begin_layout Labeling
13425 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13446 arg "font-size larger"
13452 \begin_layout Labeling
13453 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13474 arg "font-size largest"
13480 \begin_layout Labeling
13481 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13502 arg "font-size huge"
13508 \begin_layout Labeling
13509 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13530 arg "font-size giant"
13536 \begin_layout Labeling
13537 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13542 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13562 arg "font-size increase"
13568 \begin_layout Labeling
13569 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13574 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13594 arg "font-size decrease"
13601 \begin_layout Standard
13606 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13607 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13608 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13609 — use that instead.
13610 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13613 \begin_layout Labeling
13614 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13619 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13624 \begin_layout Labeling
13625 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13632 This is text with emphasize on
13635 This might seem like the same as
13639 , but it is actually a bit different.
13645 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13647 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13650 \begin_layout Labeling
13651 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13658 This is text with Underbar on.
13664 arg "font-underline"
13670 \begin_inset Newline newline
13675 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13676 when you could not change fonts.
13677 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13678 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13682 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13685 \begin_layout Labeling
13686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13690 \begin_inset space ~
13697 This is text with Double underbar on.
13703 arg "font-underunderline"
13707 \begin_inset Newline newline
13710 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13711 about double underbar.
13714 \begin_layout Labeling
13715 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13719 \begin_inset space ~
13726 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13732 arg "font-underwave"
13736 \begin_inset Newline newline
13739 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13740 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13743 \begin_layout Labeling
13744 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13751 This is text with Strikeout on.
13757 arg "font-strikeout"
13761 \begin_inset Newline newline
13764 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13765 changed in the meantime.
13768 \begin_layout Labeling
13769 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13776 This is text with Noun on.
13783 , this is a logical attribute.
13784 Normally it's equivalent to
13787 \begin_inset space ~
13796 \begin_layout Labeling
13797 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13802 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13803 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13807 \begin_inset space ~
13812 , which is the default
13813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13820 and means normally black, you can choose between
13853 \begin_inset Index idx
13856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13865 \begin_layout Labeling
13866 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13871 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13872 the language of the document.
13873 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13875 \begin_inset Newline newline
13878 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13879 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13880 When using the spell checking (see section
13881 \begin_inset space ~
13885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13887 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13891 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13894 \begin_layout Standard
13895 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13896 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13898 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13900 \begin_inset space ~
13905 dialog, the settings are saved.
13906 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13909 arg "textstyle-apply"
13913 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13918 \begin_layout Standard
13919 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13926 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13927 (suppose you just set the shape to
13928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13946 \begin_inset space ~
13958 \begin_layout Standard
13959 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13967 \begin_inset space ~
13979 \begin_layout Itemize
13985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13992 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14010 \begin_inset Newline newline
14014 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
14017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14028 \begin_inset Note Note
14031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14032 For more on phantoms see section
14033 \begin_inset space ~
14037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14039 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
14049 \begin_inset Newline newline
14055 \begin_layout Itemize
14060 fonts use characters with serifs.
14061 These are the small
14062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14069 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
14070 The following example will show the difference:
14071 \begin_inset Newline newline
14075 \begin_inset Newline newline
14080 text without serifs
14083 \begin_inset Newline newline
14086 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14087 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14094 \begin_layout Itemize
14100 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
14101 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14104 \begin_layout Standard
14105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14112 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14113 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14114 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14116 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
14117 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
14118 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
14120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14135 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14136 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14144 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14153 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14188 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14197 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14201 \begin_layout Standard
14202 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14203 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14206 \begin_layout Section
14207 Printing and Previewing
14210 \begin_layout Subsection
14214 \begin_layout Standard
14215 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14216 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14217 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14218 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14219 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14221 Additional Features
14226 \begin_layout Standard
14227 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14228 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14229 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
14230 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14231 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14232 This happens in two stages:
14235 \begin_layout Enumerate
14236 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14237 generating a file with the extension,
14238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14252 \begin_layout Enumerate
14253 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
14257 file to produce printable output.
14261 \begin_layout Subsection
14262 Output file formats
14263 \begin_inset Index idx
14266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14275 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14282 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14283 Simple text (ASCII)
14284 \begin_inset Index idx
14287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14288 File formats ! ASCII
14296 \begin_layout Standard
14297 This file type has the extension
14298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14310 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14314 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14321 \begin_layout Standard
14322 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14324 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14325 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14327 \begin_inset space ~
14334 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14335 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14337 \begin_inset space ~
14341 \begin_inset space ~
14347 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14351 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14353 \begin_inset Index idx
14356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14357 File formats ! LaTeX
14365 \begin_layout Standard
14366 This file type has the extension
14367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14378 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14380 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14381 it manually with console commands.
14382 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14383 you view or export your document.
14386 \begin_layout Standard
14387 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14389 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14390 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14405 The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
14406 \begin_inset space ~
14410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14412 reference "sub:Export"
14419 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14421 \begin_inset Index idx
14424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14433 \begin_layout Standard
14434 This file type has the extension
14435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14455 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14456 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14457 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14461 \begin_layout Standard
14462 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14463 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14464 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14465 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14467 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14470 \begin_layout Standard
14471 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14473 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14474 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14479 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14480 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14482 \begin_inset space ~
14489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14499 The latter option uses the program
14508 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14509 font access (see section
14510 \begin_inset space ~
14514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14516 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14521 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14525 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14527 \begin_inset Index idx
14530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14531 File formats ! PostScript
14539 \begin_layout Standard
14540 This file type has the extension
14541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14553 PostScript was developed by the company
14557 as a printer language.
14558 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14560 PostScript can be seen as a
14561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14564 programming language
14565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14568 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14573 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14579 \begin_inset Index idx
14582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14583 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14593 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14596 \begin_layout Standard
14597 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14601 Encapsulated PostScript
14602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14605 (EPS, file extension
14606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14618 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14619 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14624 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14625 \begin_inset space ~
14628 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14629 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14630 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14631 EPS to avoid this problem.
14634 \begin_layout Standard
14635 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14637 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14638 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14644 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14646 \begin_inset Index idx
14649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14656 \begin_inset Index idx
14659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14668 \begin_layout Standard
14669 This file type has the extension
14670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14686 Portable Document Format
14687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14694 was derived from PostScript.
14695 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14704 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14705 looks exactly the same.
14708 \begin_layout Standard
14709 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14713 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14717 (JPG, file extension
14718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14745 Portable Network Graphics
14746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14749 (PNG, file extension
14750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14762 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14763 in the background to one of these formats.
14764 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14765 will slow down your workflow.
14766 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14769 \begin_layout Standard
14770 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14772 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14775 in three different ways:
14778 \begin_layout Description
14779 PDF This uses the program
14783 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14784 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14788 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14789 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14792 \begin_layout Description
14794 \begin_inset space ~
14797 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14801 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14805 \begin_layout Description
14807 \begin_inset space ~
14810 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14814 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14817 \begin_layout Description
14819 \begin_inset space ~
14826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14833 X) This uses the program
14837 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14842 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14843 font access (see section
14844 \begin_inset space ~
14848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14850 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14855 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14856 y written Japanese.
14859 \begin_layout Description
14861 \begin_inset space ~
14868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14875 X) This uses the program
14879 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14884 is an even newer engine, derived from
14888 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14889 access (see section
14890 \begin_inset space ~
14894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14896 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14901 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14905 \begin_layout Standard
14906 We recommend to use
14909 \begin_inset space ~
14918 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14919 works without problems.
14920 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14921 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14925 \begin_inset space ~
14932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14944 \begin_inset space ~
14951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14960 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14968 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14970 \begin_inset Index idx
14973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14974 FileFormats ! XHTML
14980 \begin_inset Index idx
14983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14992 \begin_layout Standard
14993 This file type has the extension
14994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15006 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
15007 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
15008 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
15009 suitable for the purpose.
15010 For the math output you can choose in the menu
15012 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15013 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15016 between different formats, that are described in section
15018 Math Output in XHTML
15023 \begin_inset space ~
15031 \begin_layout Standard
15032 XHTML output remains
15033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15040 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
15043 LyX and the World Wide Web
15047 Additional Features
15049 manual, for more information.
15052 \begin_layout Standard
15053 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
15055 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15056 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15062 \begin_layout Subsection
15064 \begin_inset Index idx
15067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15076 \begin_layout Standard
15077 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15078 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15087 or the toolbar button
15094 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15095 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15096 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15102 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15106 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15114 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15119 Further output formats can be selected via
15121 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15124 or the toolbar button
15125 \begin_inset Graphics
15126 filename ../images/view-others.png
15128 groupId toolbarbuttons
15135 \begin_layout Standard
15136 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15137 viewer window using the menu
15139 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15144 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15145 Update (Other Formats)
15150 \begin_layout Standard
15151 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15153 To have a real output, export your document.
15156 \begin_layout Subsection
15157 Printing the File from within LyX
15158 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15160 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15167 \begin_layout Standard
15168 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15169 it directly from within LyX.
15170 To print a file, select the menu
15172 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15175 or click on the toolbar button
15178 arg "dialog-show print"
15182 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15183 This file is then processed by the program
15187 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15192 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15195 \begin_layout Standard
15196 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15197 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15198 printing one set to print on the other side.
15199 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15200 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15201 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15204 \begin_layout Standard
15205 You can set the parameters in the
15208 \begin_inset space ~
15216 \begin_layout Labeling
15217 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15222 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15227 Note that this printer name is for the program
15236 has to be configured for this printer name.
15237 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15238 \begin_inset space ~
15242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15244 reference "sub:Printer"
15253 The printer should understand PostScript.
15256 \begin_layout Labeling
15257 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15262 The name of a file to print to.
15263 The output will be a PostScript file.
15264 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15268 \begin_layout Section
15269 A few Words about Typography
15270 \begin_inset Index idx
15273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15282 \begin_layout Subsection
15284 \begin_inset Index idx
15287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15296 \begin_layout Standard
15298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15309 character comes in four lengths: the
15321 , and the minus sign:
15322 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15328 \begin_layout Standard
15329 \begin_inset Tabular
15330 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15331 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15332 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15333 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15334 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15335 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15364 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15404 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15429 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15431 \begin_inset space ~
15434 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15441 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15466 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15468 \begin_inset space ~
15471 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15492 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15526 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15532 \begin_layout Standard
15533 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15545 character multiple times in a row.
15546 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15547 the final output, but not in LyX.
15549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15553 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15565 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15569 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15579 \begin_layout Standard
15580 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15581 math mode and has a length of its own.
15582 Here are some examples of the
15583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15597 \begin_layout Enumerate
15598 line- and page-breaks
15599 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15609 \begin_layout Enumerate
15611 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15621 \begin_layout Enumerate
15622 Oh — there's a dash.
15623 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15633 \begin_layout Enumerate
15634 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15638 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15648 \begin_layout Subsection
15650 \begin_inset Index idx
15653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15660 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15662 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15669 \begin_layout Standard
15670 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15671 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15676 \begin_inset Index idx
15679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15680 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15685 following the rules of the document language.
15688 \begin_layout Standard
15689 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15694 font and with unusual constructs, like
15695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15703 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15705 This is done with the menu
15707 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15708 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15710 \begin_inset space ~
15716 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15717 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15720 \begin_layout Standard
15721 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15722 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15732 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15740 as a hyphenation possibility.
15741 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15742 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15743 as described in section
15744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15747 Prevent Hyphenation
15748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15754 \begin_inset space ~
15762 \begin_layout Subsection
15764 \begin_inset Index idx
15767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15776 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15777 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15778 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15780 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15787 \begin_layout Standard
15788 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15789 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15790 LaTeX then adds the
15791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15794 appropriate amount of space
15795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15799 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15801 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15804 \begin_layout Standard
15805 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15806 not work in all cases.
15808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15819 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15820 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15823 \begin_layout Standard
15824 Here are some examples of
15828 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15831 \begin_layout Itemize
15836 \begin_layout Itemize
15841 \begin_layout Standard
15842 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15845 \begin_layout Itemize
15847 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15851 this is too much space!
15854 \begin_layout Itemize
15859 \begin_layout Standard
15860 You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15863 \begin_layout Standard
15864 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15867 \begin_layout Enumerate
15871 \begin_inset space ~
15876 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15877 \begin_inset space ~
15881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15883 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15888 \begin_inset Index idx
15891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15892 Spaces ! inter-word
15900 \begin_layout Enumerate
15904 \begin_inset space ~
15909 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15910 \begin_inset space ~
15914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15916 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15921 \begin_inset Index idx
15924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15933 \begin_layout Enumerate
15937 \begin_inset space ~
15941 \begin_inset space ~
15945 \begin_inset space ~
15952 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15954 \begin_inset space ~
15959 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15960 This function is also bound to
15963 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15969 \begin_layout Standard
15970 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15973 \begin_layout Itemize
15975 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15979 \begin_inset space \space{}
15982 this is too much space!
15985 \begin_layout Itemize
15986 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15990 \begin_layout Standard
15991 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15992 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15993 will take care of this.
15996 \begin_layout Standard
15997 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
16001 \begin_inset space ~
16006 feature described in section
16012 Additional Features
16017 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16019 \begin_inset Index idx
16022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16023 Typography ! Quotes
16029 \begin_inset Index idx
16032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16063 \begin_layout Standard
16064 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
16065 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
16066 and use a closing quote at the end.
16068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16076 The keyboard character,
16080 , generates this automatically.
16083 \begin_layout Standard
16084 You can specify what character the
16088 key produces using the submenu
16094 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16098 \begin_inset Index idx
16101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16102 Document ! Settings
16112 There are six choices:
16115 \begin_layout Labeling
16116 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16128 Use quotes like this
16129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16139 \begin_layout Labeling
16140 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16143 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16147 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16153 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16157 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16163 \begin_layout Labeling
16164 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16167 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16171 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16177 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16181 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16187 \begin_layout Labeling
16188 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16191 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16195 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16201 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16205 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16211 \begin_layout Labeling
16212 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16215 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16219 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16225 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16229 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16235 \begin_layout Labeling
16236 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16239 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16243 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16249 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16253 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16259 \begin_layout Subsection
16261 \begin_inset Index idx
16264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16265 Typography ! Ligatures
16271 \begin_inset Index idx
16274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16303 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16305 name "sub:Ligatures"
16312 \begin_layout Standard
16313 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16314 print them as single characters.
16315 These groups are known as
16320 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16322 Here are the standard ligatures:
16325 \begin_layout Itemize
16329 \begin_layout Itemize
16333 \begin_layout Itemize
16337 \begin_layout Itemize
16341 \begin_layout Itemize
16345 \begin_layout Standard
16346 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16349 \begin_layout Standard
16350 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16351 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16359 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16375 To break a ligature, use
16377 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16378 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16380 \begin_inset space ~
16387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16398 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16415 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16423 \begin_layout Subsection
16425 \begin_inset Index idx
16428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16437 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16444 \begin_layout Standard
16445 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16446 characters in different sizes and heights.
16447 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16448 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16468 \begin_inset Note Note
16471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16472 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16480 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16481 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16486 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16490 \begin_layout Description
16491 LyX The name of the game, write
16492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16513 \begin_layout Description
16514 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16536 \begin_layout Description
16537 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16559 \begin_layout Description
16560 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16582 \begin_layout Standard
16583 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16588 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16596 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16597 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16598 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16601 : The actual version is
16602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16609 , the previous one was
16610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16620 \begin_layout Standard
16621 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16622 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16626 \begin_inset space \space{}
16629 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16631 This will look in LyX like:
16632 \begin_inset Graphics
16633 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16639 \begin_inset Newline newline
16642 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16643 \begin_inset space ~
16647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16649 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16656 \begin_layout Subsection
16658 \begin_inset Index idx
16661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16670 \begin_layout Standard
16671 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16672 space between two words.
16673 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16683 for units use the menu
16685 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16686 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16688 \begin_inset space ~
16696 arg "space-insert thin"
16702 \begin_layout Standard
16703 Here is an example to show the differences:
16706 \begin_layout Standard
16707 \begin_inset Tabular
16708 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16709 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16710 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16711 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16718 \begin_inset space ~
16722 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16734 space between number and unit
16741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16750 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16762 half space between number and unit
16775 \begin_layout Subsection
16777 \begin_inset Index idx
16780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16781 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16789 \begin_layout Standard
16790 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16792 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16793 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16794 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16795 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16796 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16797 These bits of text became known as
16808 \begin_layout Standard
16809 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16810 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16811 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16812 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16813 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16814 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16815 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16818 \begin_layout Standard
16819 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16820 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16821 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16822 \begin_inset space ~
16826 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16828 key "latexcompanion"
16833 \begin_inset space ~
16837 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16843 ) may have more information.
16844 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16847 \begin_layout Chapter
16848 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16851 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16858 \begin_layout Standard
16859 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16862 \begin_inset space ~
16868 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16871 \begin_layout Section
16873 \begin_inset Index idx
16876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16883 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16892 \begin_layout Standard
16893 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16896 \begin_layout Description
16898 \begin_inset space ~
16901 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16902 \begin_inset Newline newline
16906 \begin_inset Note Note
16909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16910 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16918 \begin_layout Description
16919 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16920 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16922 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16923 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16925 \begin_inset space ~
16931 \begin_inset Newline newline
16935 \begin_inset Note Comment
16938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16939 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16947 \begin_layout Description
16949 \begin_inset space ~
16952 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16953 set in the document settings under
16955 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16957 \begin_inset space ~
16963 \begin_inset Newline newline
16967 \begin_inset Newline newline
16971 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16980 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16981 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16986 of a comment that appears in the output.
16992 \begin_inset Newline newline
16996 \begin_inset Newline newline
16999 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
17000 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
17003 \begin_layout Standard
17004 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
17012 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17016 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
17019 \begin_layout Section
17021 \begin_inset Index idx
17024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17031 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17033 name "sec:Footnotes"
17040 \begin_layout Standard
17041 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
17044 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17047 or the toolbar button
17050 arg "footnote-insert"
17062 \begin_inset Graphics
17063 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17072 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17101 label, the box will
17105 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17106 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17119 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
17135 \begin_layout Standard
17136 Here is an example footnote:
17144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17145 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17153 \begin_layout Standard
17154 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17155 position where the footnote box is placed.
17156 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17157 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17158 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17160 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17161 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17166 ey are described in the
17169 \begin_inset space ~
17177 \begin_layout Section
17179 \begin_inset Index idx
17182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17189 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17191 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17198 \begin_layout Standard
17199 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17200 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17202 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17204 \begin_inset space ~
17209 or the toolbar button
17212 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17238 appearing within your text.
17239 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17248 \begin_layout Standard
17249 At the side is an example marginal note.
17253 \begin_inset Marginal
17256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17257 This is a marginal note.
17265 \begin_layout Standard
17266 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17267 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17268 pages, right on odd pages.
17271 \begin_layout Standard
17272 For further information about marginal notes see section
17275 \begin_inset space ~
17283 \begin_inset space ~
17291 \begin_layout Section
17292 Graphics and Images
17293 \begin_inset Index idx
17296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17303 \begin_inset Index idx
17306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17315 name "sec:Graphics"
17322 \begin_layout Standard
17323 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17324 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17327 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17332 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17336 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17339 \begin_layout Standard
17340 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17345 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17346 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17348 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17349 \begin_inset space ~
17353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17355 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17362 \begin_layout Standard
17367 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17368 of the image in the output.
17369 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17373 \begin_inset space ~
17377 \begin_inset space ~
17386 \begin_inset space ~
17390 \begin_inset space ~
17394 \begin_inset space ~
17399 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17400 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17408 \begin_layout Standard
17411 LaTeX and LyX options
17413 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17414 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17418 \begin_inset space ~
17423 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17424 with the image size is printed.
17428 \begin_inset space ~
17432 \begin_inset space ~
17436 \begin_inset space ~
17441 is explained in the
17444 \begin_inset space ~
17456 \begin_layout Standard
17457 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17458 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17460 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17464 \begin_layout Standard
17466 \begin_inset Graphics
17467 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17475 \begin_layout Standard
17476 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17477 the image into a float, see section
17478 \begin_inset space ~
17482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17484 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17491 \begin_layout Subsection
17493 \begin_inset Index idx
17496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17505 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17512 \begin_layout Standard
17513 You can insert images in any known file format.
17514 But as we explained in section
17515 \begin_inset space ~
17519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17521 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17525 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17526 LyX uses therefore the program
17530 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17531 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17532 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17533 \begin_inset space ~
17537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17539 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17546 \begin_layout Standard
17547 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17550 \begin_layout Description
17552 \begin_inset space ~
17555 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17556 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17557 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17561 Graphics Interchange Format
17562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17565 (GIF, file extension
17566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17578 \begin_inset Index idx
17581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17613 Portable Network Graphics
17614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17617 (PNG, file extension
17618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17630 \begin_inset Index idx
17633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17665 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17669 (JPG, file extension
17670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17694 \begin_inset Index idx
17697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17728 \begin_layout Description
17730 \begin_inset space ~
17733 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17735 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17736 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17737 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17738 \begin_inset Newline newline
17741 Scalable image formats can be
17742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17745 Scalable Vector Graphics
17746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17749 (SVG, file extension
17750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17762 \begin_inset Index idx
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17797 Encapsulated PostScript
17798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17801 (EPS, file extension
17802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17814 \begin_inset Index idx
17817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17849 Portable Document Format
17850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17853 (PDF, file extension
17854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17866 \begin_inset Index idx
17869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17876 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17877 or EPS and the result will not be scalable.
17878 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17884 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17892 \begin_layout Standard
17893 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17897 \begin_layout Subsection
17898 Grouping of Image Settings
17899 \begin_inset Index idx
17902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17903 Images ! Settings grouping
17911 \begin_layout Standard
17912 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17914 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17915 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17917 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17918 need to manually change each of them.
17922 \begin_layout Standard
17923 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17926 \begin_inset space ~
17931 field in the Graphics dialog.
17932 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17933 by checking the name of the desired group.
17936 \begin_layout Section
17938 \begin_inset Index idx
17941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17957 \begin_layout Standard
17958 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17961 arg "tabular-insert"
17966 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17970 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17971 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17972 from the rest of the table.
17973 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17974 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17976 Here is an example table:
17979 \begin_layout Standard
17981 \begin_inset Tabular
17982 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17983 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17984 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17985 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17986 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17987 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18187 \begin_layout Subsection
18191 \begin_layout Standard
18192 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18193 brings up the table dialog.
18194 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18195 where the cursor is placed currently.
18196 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18197 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18198 done on all of your selection.
18201 \begin_layout Standard
18202 Additionally to the table dialog, the
18205 \begin_inset space ~
18210 helps you in setting table properties.
18211 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18214 \begin_layout Standard
18218 \begin_inset space ~
18223 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18224 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18225 current cell respectively.
18226 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18228 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18229 of text, see section
18230 \begin_inset space ~
18234 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18236 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18243 \begin_layout Standard
18244 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18245 using the check box
18254 This will merge the cells to
18258 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18259 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18260 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18261 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18262 in the last row without the upper border:
18265 \begin_layout Standard
18267 \begin_inset Tabular
18268 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18269 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18270 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18271 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18272 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18273 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18284 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18293 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18369 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18404 \begin_layout Standard
18405 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18406 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18407 explained in the tables section of the
18410 \begin_inset space ~
18416 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18417 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18420 degrees counterclockwise.
18421 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
18424 \begin_layout Standard
18425 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18433 Most DVI-viewers are
18437 able to display rotations.
18445 \begin_layout Standard
18450 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18455 adds lines for all cell borders.
18458 \begin_layout Subsection
18460 \begin_inset Index idx
18463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18464 Tables ! Longtables
18470 \begin_inset Index idx
18473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18482 \begin_layout Standard
18483 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18486 \begin_inset space ~
18490 \begin_inset space ~
18499 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18500 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18503 \begin_layout Description
18508 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18509 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18510 except for the first page, if
18513 \begin_inset space ~
18521 \begin_layout Description
18525 \begin_inset space ~
18530 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18531 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18534 \begin_layout Description
18539 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18540 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18541 except for the last page, if
18544 \begin_inset space ~
18552 \begin_layout Description
18556 \begin_inset space ~
18561 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18562 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18565 \begin_layout Description
18566 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18567 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18569 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18573 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18576 \begin_inset space ~
18584 \begin_layout Standard
18585 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18586 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18587 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18588 The others will then be defined as
18593 In this context, first means first in this order:
18596 \begin_inset space ~
18608 \begin_inset space ~
18614 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18617 \begin_layout Standard
18619 \begin_inset Tabular
18620 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18621 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18622 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18623 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18624 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18625 <row endfirsthead="true">
18626 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18632 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18637 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18646 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18656 <row endfirsthead="true">
18657 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18668 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18677 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18689 <row endhead="true">
18690 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18701 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18710 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18720 <row endhead="true">
18721 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18732 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18741 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18753 <row endfoot="true">
18754 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18765 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18774 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18805 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19746 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19755 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19764 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19775 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19806 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19837 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19868 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19899 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19930 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19961 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19992 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20023 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20054 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20085 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20116 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20147 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20178 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20209 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20240 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20271 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20302 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20333 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20364 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20395 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20426 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20457 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20488 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20519 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20550 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20581 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20612 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20643 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20674 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20705 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20735 <row endlastfoot="true">
20736 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20747 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20756 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20773 \begin_layout Subsection
20775 \begin_inset Index idx
20778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20787 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20794 \begin_layout Standard
20795 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20796 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20797 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20798 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20802 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20803 for the cell's paragraph.
20806 \begin_layout Standard
20807 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20808 for the column in the table dialog.
20809 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20810 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20814 \begin_layout Standard
20816 \begin_inset Tabular
20817 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20818 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20819 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20820 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20821 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20841 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20910 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20966 This is longer now.
20971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21022 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
21023 This is longer now.
21028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21054 \begin_layout Standard
21055 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21056 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21061 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21062 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21068 Selection with the mouse or with
21072 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21073 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21074 the selection from outside the table.
21077 \begin_layout Section
21079 \begin_inset Index idx
21082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21098 \begin_layout Subsection
21102 \begin_layout Standard
21103 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21104 have a fixed location.
21106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21113 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21121 \begin_inset space ~
21126 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21127 too many notes on the page.
21130 \begin_layout Standard
21131 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21132 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21133 and pages without text.
21134 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21135 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21136 Floats are therefore numbered.
21137 Referencing is described in section
21138 \begin_inset space ~
21142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21144 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21151 \begin_layout Standard
21152 To insert a float, use the menu
21154 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21158 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21159 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21161 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21162 \begin_inset Index idx
21165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21171 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21172 paragraph within the float.
21173 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21174 by left-clicking on the box label.
21175 A closed float box looks like this:
21176 \begin_inset Graphics
21177 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21182 – a gray button with a red label.
21185 \begin_layout Standard
21186 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21187 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21190 \begin_layout Subsection
21194 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21196 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21198 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21203 \begin_inset Index idx
21206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21207 Floats ! Figure floats
21215 \begin_layout Standard
21217 \begin_inset space ~
21221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21223 reference "cap:Platypus"
21227 was created using the menu
21229 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21230 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21233 or the toolbar button
21236 arg "float-insert figure"
21240 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21243 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21246 or the toolbar button
21249 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21253 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21254 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21256 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21258 \begin_inset space ~
21263 or the toolbar button
21266 arg "layout-paragraph"
21272 \begin_layout Standard
21273 \begin_inset Float figure
21278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21280 \begin_inset Graphics
21281 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21291 \begin_inset Caption
21293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21294 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21296 name "cap:Platypus"
21300 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21313 \begin_layout Standard
21314 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21316 As described in section
21317 \begin_inset space ~
21321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21323 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21327 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21329 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21332 or the toolbar button
21338 and refer to it using the menu
21340 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21343 or the toolbar button
21346 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21350 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21359 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21371 \begin_layout Standard
21372 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21373 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21374 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21375 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21376 as described in section
21377 \begin_inset space ~
21381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21383 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21389 \begin_inset space ~
21393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21395 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21399 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21400 You can also set the images one below the other.
21402 \begin_inset space ~
21406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21408 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21415 reference "fig:Platypus"
21419 are the subfigures.
21422 \begin_layout Standard
21423 \begin_inset Float figure
21428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21429 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21433 \begin_inset Float figure
21438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21439 \begin_inset Caption
21441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21442 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21444 name "fig:Undefinable"
21456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21457 \begin_inset Graphics
21458 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21469 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21473 \begin_inset Float figure
21478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21479 \begin_inset Caption
21481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21484 name "fig:Platypus"
21496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21497 \begin_inset Graphics
21498 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21510 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21517 \begin_inset Caption
21519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21520 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21522 name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21526 Two distorted images.
21539 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21541 \begin_inset Index idx
21544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21545 Floats ! Table floats
21553 \begin_layout Standard
21554 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21556 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21557 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21560 or the toolbar botton
21563 arg "float-insert table"
21567 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21570 \begin_inset space ~
21574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21576 reference "tab:Table-float"
21583 \begin_layout Standard
21584 \begin_inset Float table
21589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21590 \begin_inset Caption
21592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21593 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21595 name "tab:Table-float"
21607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21609 \begin_inset Tabular
21610 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21611 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21612 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21613 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21614 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21741 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21762 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21765 \end{array}\right]$
21773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21786 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21807 \begin_layout Subsection
21809 \begin_inset Index idx
21812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21821 \begin_layout Standard
21822 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21823 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21824 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21826 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21834 \begin_inset space ~
21842 \begin_layout Section
21844 \begin_inset Index idx
21847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21856 name "sec:Minipages"
21863 \begin_layout Standard
21864 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21866 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21867 \begin_inset space ~
21874 \begin_layout Standard
21875 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21877 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21881 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21882 and its alignment within the page.
21885 \begin_layout Standard
21887 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21897 height_special "totalheight"
21900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21903 This is a minipage.
21904 The text is set in an italic style.
21907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21910 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21911 another formatting.
21919 \begin_layout Standard
21920 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21923 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21927 as described in section
21928 \begin_inset space ~
21932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21934 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21939 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21945 \begin_layout Standard
21946 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21956 height_special "totalheight"
21959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21960 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21961 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21967 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21971 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21981 height_special "totalheight"
21984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21985 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21986 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21994 \begin_layout Standard
21995 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22001 \begin_layout Standard
22002 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22003 to other box types.
22004 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22011 \begin_inset space ~
22019 \begin_layout Chapter
22020 Mathematical Formulas
22021 \begin_inset Index idx
22024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22031 \begin_inset Index idx
22034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22063 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22065 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22072 \begin_layout Standard
22073 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22078 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22081 \begin_layout Section
22083 \begin_inset Index idx
22086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22095 \begin_layout Standard
22096 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22103 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22105 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22106 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22107 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22109 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22115 \begin_layout Standard
22116 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22120 \begin_inset space ~
22125 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22128 \begin_layout Standard
22129 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22130 line, like this one:
22133 \begin_layout Standard
22134 This is a line with an inline formula
22135 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22141 \begin_layout Standard
22142 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22144 \begin_inset Formula
22151 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22154 \begin_layout Standard
22155 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22157 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22161 \begin_inset space \space{}
22165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22178 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22179 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22183 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22186 \begin_inset space ~
22194 \begin_layout Subsection
22195 Navigating in Formulas
22196 \begin_inset Index idx
22199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22208 \begin_layout Standard
22209 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22210 achieved with the arrow keys.
22211 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22212 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22217 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22218 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22222 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22226 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22229 \end{array}\right]$
22237 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22242 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22243 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22246 \begin_layout Standard
22251 , printed in this document as
22252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22273 \begin_inset Note Note
22276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22277 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22278 space character (visible space).
22283 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22284 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22285 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22290 For example, if you want
22291 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22345 , since in the latter case only the
22348 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22353 will be under the square root sign:
22354 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22360 \begin_layout Standard
22361 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22363 \begin_inset Formula
22365 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22374 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22375 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22378 \begin_layout Subsection
22382 \begin_layout Standard
22383 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22384 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22388 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22389 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22390 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22391 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22392 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22395 \begin_layout Subsection
22396 Exponents and Subscripts
22397 \begin_inset Index idx
22400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22407 \begin_inset Index idx
22410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22419 \begin_layout Standard
22420 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22421 way is to use a command.
22423 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22426 , type in a formula
22432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22448 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22454 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22458 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22479 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22488 , you have to use an extra
22492 to separate the hat and the character.
22494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22498 \begin_inset space \space{}
22502 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22523 Subscripts are similar: To get
22524 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22547 \begin_layout Subsection
22549 \begin_inset Index idx
22552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22561 \begin_layout Standard
22562 Create a fraction with either the command
22569 \begin_inset Graphics
22570 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22578 \begin_inset space ~
22584 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22585 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22586 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22591 To move back up, press
22596 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22597 \begin_inset Formula
22599 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22602 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22610 \begin_layout Subsection
22612 \begin_inset Index idx
22615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22624 \begin_layout Standard
22625 Roots can be created using the
22628 \begin_inset space ~
22634 \begin_inset Graphics
22635 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22637 groupId toolbarbuttons
22660 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22666 produces always a square root.
22669 \begin_layout Subsection
22670 Operators with Limits
22671 \begin_inset Index idx
22674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22681 \begin_inset Index idx
22684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22691 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22693 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22700 \begin_layout Standard
22702 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22706 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22709 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22710 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22711 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22712 The sum operator will automatically place its
22713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22720 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22723 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22727 \begin_inset Formula
22729 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22734 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22738 \begin_layout Standard
22739 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22741 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22742 behind the operator and hitting
22750 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22751 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22753 \begin_inset space ~
22757 \begin_inset space ~
22765 \begin_layout Standard
22766 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22774 feature as addition, such as
22775 \begin_inset Index idx
22778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22785 \begin_inset Formula
22787 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22792 which will place the
22793 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22805 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22806 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22812 \begin_layout Standard
22813 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22820 Have a look at section
22821 \begin_inset space ~
22825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22827 reference "sub:Functions"
22831 for an explanation of function macros.
22834 \begin_layout Subsection
22836 \begin_inset Index idx
22839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22848 \begin_layout Standard
22849 Most math symbols can be found in the
22852 \begin_inset space ~
22857 under one of several categories; including
22874 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22878 \begin_layout Standard
22879 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22880 you don't have to use the
22883 \begin_inset space ~
22888 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22889 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22892 \begin_layout Subsection
22894 \begin_inset Index idx
22897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22906 \begin_layout Standard
22907 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22912 arg "space-insert protected"
22918 \begin_inset space ~
22924 \begin_inset Graphics
22925 filename ../images/math/space.png
22927 groupId toolbarbuttons
22932 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22933 For example, the sequence
22938 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22942 \begin_inset Graphics
22943 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22948 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22949 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22950 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22951 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22953 Here are two examples:
22956 \begin_layout Standard
22966 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22972 \begin_layout Standard
22982 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22988 \begin_layout Subsection
22990 \begin_inset Index idx
22993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23000 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23002 name "sub:Functions"
23009 \begin_layout Standard
23013 \begin_inset space ~
23018 contains under the button
23019 \begin_inset Graphics
23020 filename ../images/math/functions.png
23022 groupId toolbarbuttons
23026 a number of function macros, such as
23027 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23031 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23039 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23046 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23047 avoid confusions, because
23048 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23052 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23058 \begin_layout Standard
23059 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23061 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23065 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23071 \begin_layout Standard
23072 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23073 s are placed, as described in section
23074 \begin_inset space ~
23078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23080 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23087 \begin_layout Subsection
23089 \begin_inset Index idx
23092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23101 \begin_layout Standard
23102 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23104 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23105 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23106 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23110 \begin_inset space \space{}
23114 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23117 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23118 Our example is entered by typing
23126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23139 \begin_inset space ~
23143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23145 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23149 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23152 \begin_layout Standard
23153 \begin_inset Float table
23158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23159 \begin_inset Caption
23161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23162 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23164 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23168 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23178 \begin_inset Tabular
23179 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23180 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23181 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23182 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23183 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23267 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23321 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23375 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23429 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23483 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23537 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23591 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23645 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23699 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23744 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23765 \begin_layout Standard
23766 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23769 \begin_inset space ~
23775 \begin_inset Graphics
23776 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23778 groupId toolbarbuttons
23782 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23786 \begin_layout Section
23787 Brackets and Delimiters
23788 \begin_inset Index idx
23791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23798 \begin_inset Index idx
23801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23808 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23810 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23817 \begin_layout Standard
23818 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23819 For most purposes, using just the keys
23824 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23825 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23826 toolbar delimiter icon
23829 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23833 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23835 \begin_inset Formula
23837 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23845 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23846 \begin_inset Formula
23848 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23856 \begin_layout Standard
23857 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23858 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23861 \begin_layout Standard
23862 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23863 left side and right side.
23864 If you use the option
23867 \begin_inset space ~
23872 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23873 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23874 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23875 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23878 \begin_layout Standard
23879 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23880 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23881 inside the brackets.
23882 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23887 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23890 \begin_layout Section
23891 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23892 \begin_inset Index idx
23895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23902 \begin_inset Index idx
23905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23912 \begin_inset Index idx
23915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23916 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23924 \begin_layout Standard
23925 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23928 \begin_inset space ~
23934 \begin_inset Graphics
23935 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23937 groupId toolbarbuttons
23942 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23943 Here is an example:
23944 \begin_inset Formula
23946 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23955 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23956 \begin_inset space ~
23960 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23962 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23967 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23968 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23969 This alignment is set in the box
23974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24022 for every column as default.
24023 For example, the sequence
24024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24035 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24036 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24037 corresponds to the relevant column.
24038 The result will look like this:
24039 \begin_inset Formula
24042 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24043 column & has & has\, right\\
24044 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24053 \begin_layout Standard
24054 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24057 arg "newline-insert newline"
24060 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24061 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24063 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24066 or the math toolbar.
24069 \begin_layout Standard
24070 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24071 It can be created with the menu
24073 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24074 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24076 \begin_inset space ~
24088 Here is an example:
24089 \begin_inset Formula
24103 \begin_layout Standard
24104 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24107 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24110 arg "newline-insert newline"
24114 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24119 arg "newline-insert newline"
24122 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24130 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24131 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24132 A new row is created by every further hit of
24135 arg "newline-insert newline"
24139 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24140 Here is an example:
24141 \begin_inset Formula
24143 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24144 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24149 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24150 where you want to start the shift and hit
24155 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24156 position to the next column.
24157 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24158 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24159 \begin_inset Formula
24161 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24169 \begin_layout Standard
24170 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24177 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24178 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24181 reference "eq:asquared"
24186 The other types are described in section
24187 \begin_inset space ~
24191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24193 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24200 \begin_layout Section
24201 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24202 \begin_inset Index idx
24205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24206 Math ! Formula numbering
24212 \begin_inset Index idx
24215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24216 Math ! Referencing formulas
24222 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24224 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24231 \begin_layout Standard
24232 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24234 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24235 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24237 \begin_inset space ~
24245 arg "math-number-toggle"
24249 The formula number appears in LyX as
24250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24257 within parentheses.
24259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24266 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24268 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24269 the document class.
24270 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24271 separated by a dot:
24272 \begin_inset Formula
24282 arg "math-number-toggle"
24285 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24286 You can only number displayed formulas.
24289 \begin_layout Standard
24290 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24292 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24293 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24295 \begin_inset space ~
24299 \begin_inset space ~
24303 \begin_inset space ~
24311 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24314 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24315 \begin_inset Formula
24318 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24324 To number all lines use the shortcut
24327 arg "math-number-toggle"
24333 \begin_layout Standard
24334 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24337 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24338 A label is inserted with the menu
24340 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24343 when the cursor is in the formula.
24344 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24345 It is recommended to use the proposed
24346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24357 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24358 type when you have many labels in your document.
24359 We inserted in the following example the label
24360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24367 in the second line:
24368 \begin_inset Formula
24370 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24371 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24376 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24377 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24387 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24389 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24391 \begin_inset space ~
24397 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24398 The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross reference box and in the output
24399 as the formula number:
24402 \begin_layout Standard
24403 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24406 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24413 \begin_layout Standard
24414 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24415 \begin_inset space ~
24419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24421 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24426 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24429 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24432 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24437 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24445 \begin_layout Section
24446 User defined math macros
24447 \begin_inset Index idx
24450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24459 \begin_layout Standard
24460 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24461 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24462 Math macros are explained in section
24465 \begin_inset space ~
24477 \begin_layout Section
24481 \begin_layout Subsection
24483 \begin_inset Index idx
24486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24495 \begin_layout Standard
24496 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24497 To set a font in a formula, use the
24500 \begin_inset space ~
24506 \begin_inset Graphics
24507 filename ../images/math/font.png
24509 groupId toolbarbuttons
24513 , or enter its command, listed in table
24514 \begin_inset space ~
24518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24520 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24527 \begin_layout Standard
24528 \begin_inset Float table
24533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24534 \begin_inset Caption
24536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24537 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24539 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24543 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24553 \begin_inset Tabular
24554 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24555 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24556 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24557 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24589 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24616 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24643 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24676 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24703 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24730 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24764 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24791 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24825 \begin_layout Standard
24826 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24834 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24850 \begin_layout Standard
24851 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24852 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24857 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24858 space when you need a space in the box.
24859 Here an example where
24860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24871 denotes the set of numbers:
24872 \begin_inset Formula
24874 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24882 \begin_layout Standard
24883 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24885 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24889 \begin_inset space \space{}
24901 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24905 \begin_inset Newline newline
24908 So it is better not to use this feature.
24911 \begin_layout Standard
24912 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24913 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24917 \begin_inset Newline newline
24920 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24926 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24927 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24933 \begin_layout Standard
24940 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24943 \begin_layout Standard
24944 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24946 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24947 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24949 \begin_inset space ~
24957 \begin_layout Subsection
24959 \begin_inset Index idx
24962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24971 \begin_layout Standard
24972 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24974 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24978 \begin_inset space ~
24982 \begin_inset space ~
24990 \begin_inset space ~
24996 \begin_inset Graphics
24997 filename ../images/math/font.png
24999 groupId toolbarbuttons
25010 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25011 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25012 Here is an example:
25013 \begin_inset Formula
25016 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25017 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25026 \begin_layout Subsection
25028 \begin_inset Index idx
25031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25040 \begin_layout Standard
25041 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25042 automatically chosen in most situations.
25060 For most characters,
25068 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25069 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25074 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25075 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25077 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25078 \begin_inset Graphics
25079 filename ../images/math/style.png
25081 groupId toolbarbuttons
25086 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25087 For example, you can set
25088 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25091 , which is normally in
25100 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25104 The four styles are used in the following example:
25107 \begin_layout Standard
25108 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25112 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25116 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25120 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25126 \begin_layout Standard
25127 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25128 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25130 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25132 \begin_inset space ~
25137 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25138 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25139 will be adjusted to correspond.
25140 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25151 \begin_layout Standard
25155 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25161 \begin_layout Section
25165 \begin_layout Standard
25166 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25167 the document classes and into layout modules.
25168 \begin_inset Index idx
25171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25177 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25178 other than the AMS classes.
25180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25182 reference "sub:Modules"
25186 for more on layout modules.
25189 \begin_layout Section
25191 \begin_inset Index idx
25194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25201 \begin_inset Index idx
25204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25213 \begin_layout Standard
25214 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25215 (AMS) that are in common use.
25218 \begin_layout Subsection
25219 Enabling AMS-Support
25222 \begin_layout Standard
25223 Selecting the checkbox
25226 \begin_inset space ~
25230 \begin_inset space ~
25234 \begin_inset space ~
25241 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25245 \begin_inset Index idx
25248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25249 Document ! Settings
25257 \begin_inset space ~
25262 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25264 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25265 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25268 \begin_layout Subsection
25270 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25272 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25277 \begin_inset Index idx
25280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25281 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25289 \begin_layout Standard
25290 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25291 LyX allows you to choose between
25312 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25315 \begin_layout Chapter
25319 \begin_layout Section
25321 \begin_inset Index idx
25324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25333 name "sec:Cross-References"
25340 \begin_layout Standard
25341 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25342 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25344 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25345 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25346 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25349 \begin_layout Enumerate
25353 \begin_layout Enumerate
25354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25356 name "enu:Second-item"
25363 \begin_layout Enumerate
25367 \begin_layout Standard
25368 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25370 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25373 or by pressing the toolbar button
25380 A gray label box like this:
25381 \begin_inset Graphics
25382 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25387 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25388 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25423 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25424 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25428 \begin_inset space \space{}
25431 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25446 \begin_layout Standard
25447 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25449 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25452 or the toolbar button
25455 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25459 A gray cross-reference box like this:
25460 \begin_inset Graphics
25461 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25466 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25468 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25481 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25485 \begin_layout Standard
25488 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25491 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25496 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
25497 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25499 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25511 \begin_layout Standard
25512 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25513 \begin_inset space ~
25517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25519 reference "enu:Second-item"
25526 \begin_layout Standard
25527 It is recommended to use a protected space
25531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25532 described in section
25533 \begin_inset space ~
25537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25539 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25548 between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
25549 line breaks between them.
25552 \begin_layout Standard
25553 There are six formats of cross-references:
25556 \begin_layout Description
25557 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25560 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25567 \begin_layout Description
25568 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25569 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25581 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25588 \begin_layout Description
25589 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25590 \begin_inset space ~
25594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25595 LatexCommand pageref
25596 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25603 \begin_layout Description
25605 \begin_inset space ~
25609 \begin_inset space ~
25612 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25614 LatexCommand vpageref
25615 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25622 \begin_layout Description
25624 \begin_inset space ~
25628 \begin_inset space ~
25632 \begin_inset space ~
25635 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25638 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25645 \begin_layout Description
25647 \begin_inset space ~
25650 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25651 \begin_inset Newline newline
25655 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25663 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25672 \begin_inset Index idx
25675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25676 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25682 \begin_inset Index idx
25685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25686 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25697 \begin_inset Newline newline
25700 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25703 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25707 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25708 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25716 is the default and preferred because
25720 supports only English documents.
25721 The format is specified by using the command
25733 (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
25734 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25747 ) can be done with this command
25748 \begin_inset Newline newline
25755 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25760 \begin_inset Newline newline
25763 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25765 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25767 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25774 \begin_layout Description
25776 \begin_inset space ~
25779 reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
25780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25781 LatexCommand nameref
25782 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25789 \begin_layout Standard
25794 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25797 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25801 \begin_inset space \space{}
25805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25819 <reference> on page <page>
25821 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25824 \begin_layout Standard
25825 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25826 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25827 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25831 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25835 \begin_layout Standard
25836 You can only use the style
25840 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25844 is always possible.
25847 \begin_layout Standard
25848 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25849 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25851 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25852 \begin_inset space ~
25856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25858 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25865 \begin_layout Standard
25866 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25870 \begin_inset space ~
25874 \begin_inset space ~
25879 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25880 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25883 \begin_inset space ~
25888 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25889 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25892 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25898 \begin_layout Standard
25899 You can change labels at any time.
25900 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25901 do not need to take care about this.
25904 \begin_layout Standard
25905 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25906 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25909 \begin_layout Standard
25910 References are described in detail in sec.
25911 \begin_inset space ~
25915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25925 \begin_inset space ~
25933 \begin_layout Section
25934 Table of Contents and other Listings
25935 \begin_inset Index idx
25938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25945 \begin_inset Index idx
25948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25955 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25964 \begin_layout Subsection
25966 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25968 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25975 \begin_layout Standard
25976 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25978 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25979 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25981 \begin_inset space ~
25985 \begin_inset space ~
25991 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25992 If you click on it, the
25996 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25997 sections in your documents.
25998 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26000 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26003 that is described in sec.
26004 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26010 reference "sec:Navigating"
26017 \begin_layout Standard
26018 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26019 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26021 \begin_inset space ~
26025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26027 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26031 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26033 \begin_inset space ~
26037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26039 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26043 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26045 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26048 \begin_layout Subsection
26049 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26050 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26052 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26059 \begin_layout Standard
26060 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26061 You can insert them via the
26063 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26065 \begin_inset space ~
26069 \begin_inset space ~
26075 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26078 \begin_layout Section
26079 URLs and Hyperlinks
26080 \begin_inset Index idx
26083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26090 \begin_inset Index idx
26093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26102 \begin_layout Subsection
26104 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26113 \begin_layout Standard
26114 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26116 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26122 \begin_layout Standard
26123 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26124 \begin_inset Flex URL
26127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26137 \begin_layout Standard
26138 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26144 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26148 \begin_layout Standard
26149 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26157 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26165 \begin_layout Subsection
26167 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26169 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26176 \begin_layout Standard
26177 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26179 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26182 or with the toolbar button
26189 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26198 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26199 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26200 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26202 name "LyX's homepage"
26203 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26207 , an Email address like this:
26208 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26210 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26211 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26216 , or a link to a file.
26219 \begin_layout Standard
26220 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26233 to the link target.
26236 \begin_layout Standard
26237 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26238 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26239 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26240 the text style dialog.
26241 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26245 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26247 name "LyX's homepage"
26248 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26255 \begin_layout Standard
26256 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26260 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26263 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26267 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26269 \begin_inset Newline newline
26277 \begin_inset Newline newline
26284 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26287 \begin_layout Section
26289 \begin_inset Index idx
26292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26299 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26301 name "sec:Appendices"
26308 \begin_layout Standard
26309 Appendices are created with the menu
26311 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26313 \begin_inset space ~
26317 \begin_inset space ~
26323 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26324 as the appendix region.
26325 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26328 \begin_layout Standard
26329 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26330 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26331 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26332 and the subsection number.
26333 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26337 \begin_layout Standard
26339 \begin_inset space ~
26343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26345 reference "cha:Credits"
26350 \begin_inset space ~
26354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26356 reference "sub:Export"
26363 \begin_layout Section
26365 \begin_inset Index idx
26368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26377 name "sec:Bibliography"
26384 \begin_layout Standard
26385 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26386 You can include a bibliography database,
26390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26391 Known under the name
26392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26404 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26405 manually, using the paragraph environment
26409 , which was described in section
26410 \begin_inset space ~
26414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26416 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26421 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26422 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26426 use a bibliography database.
26429 \begin_layout Subsection
26430 The Bibliography Environment
26433 \begin_layout Standard
26438 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26440 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26449 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26451 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26460 , a short form of its title, as key.
26463 \begin_layout Standard
26464 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26466 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26469 or the toolbar button
26472 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26476 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26477 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26478 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26479 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26483 \begin_layout Standard
26484 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26485 entry with surrounding brackets.
26490 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26491 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26503 \begin_layout Standard
26506 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26509 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26511 key "latexcompanion"
26518 \begin_layout Standard
26519 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26520 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26529 \begin_layout Subsection
26530 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26531 \begin_inset Index idx
26534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26535 Bibliography ! Databases
26541 \begin_inset Index idx
26544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26545 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26551 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26553 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26560 \begin_layout Standard
26561 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26567 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26569 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26570 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26575 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26577 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26578 your working field in a database.
26579 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26580 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26582 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26586 \begin_layout Standard
26587 The database is a text file with the file extension
26588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26599 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26600 The format is explained in
26601 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26607 and in LaTeX books (
26608 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26610 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26615 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26616 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26617 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26618 \begin_inset Flex URL
26621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26623 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26631 \begin_layout Standard
26632 To use a database, use the menu
26634 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26639 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26652 \begin_inset space ~
26658 A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
26659 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26662 Add bibliography to TOC
26664 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26669 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26670 in the document or just the cited references.
26673 \begin_layout Standard
26674 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26686 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26687 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26688 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26690 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26696 For information how this is done, have a look at
26697 \begin_inset Newline newline
26701 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26703 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26715 \begin_layout Standard
26716 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26719 \begin_layout Standard
26720 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26721 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as processor;
26722 either in the document settings under
26726 or in LyX's preferences under
26728 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26743 The following variants are possible:
26746 \begin_layout Description
26747 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26748 other bibliography packages (like e.
26749 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26753 \begin_inset space ~
26760 ), only with the package
26764 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26768 \begin_layout Description
26769 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26770 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26771 with all bibliography packages, except of
26776 \begin_layout Description
26777 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26782 , works with all bibliography packages
26785 \begin_layout Standard
26786 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26788 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26794 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26803 \begin_layout Standard
26804 When you select the option
26806 Sectioned bibliography
26810 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26813 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26814 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26816 Customizing Bibliographies
26824 Additional Features
26829 \begin_layout Standard
26830 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26831 the two methods of creating them.
26832 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26833 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26834 We used the style file
26838 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26841 \begin_layout Subsection
26842 Bibliography layout
26843 \begin_inset Index idx
26846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26847 Bibliography ! Layout
26855 \begin_layout Standard
26856 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26857 For this feature you need to enable the option
26863 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26867 \begin_inset Index idx
26870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26871 Document ! Settings
26881 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26882 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26883 in the previous section.
26886 \begin_layout Standard
26887 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26888 in the citation reference window.
26889 Here an example where we set the text
26890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26894 \begin_inset space ~
26898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26901 to appear after the reference:
26904 \begin_layout Standard
26906 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26909 key "latexcompanion"
26916 \begin_layout Section
26918 \begin_inset Index idx
26921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26928 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26937 \begin_layout Standard
26938 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26940 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26942 \begin_inset space ~
26947 or the toolbar button
26955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26966 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26967 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26968 by LyX as the index entry.
26971 \begin_layout Standard
26972 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26973 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26975 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26977 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26984 \begin_layout Standard
26985 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26987 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26989 \begin_inset space ~
26993 \begin_inset space ~
26996 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26998 \begin_inset space ~
27004 A light blue box labeled
27005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27016 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27017 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27020 \begin_layout Subsection
27021 Grouping Index Entries
27022 \begin_inset Index idx
27025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27034 \begin_layout Standard
27035 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27037 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27038 lists under the entry
27039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27047 First we create the entry
27048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27056 \begin_inset space ~
27060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27062 reference "sub:Lists"
27067 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27068 \begin_inset space ~
27072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27074 reference "sec:Itemize"
27078 , we insert the command
27081 \begin_layout Standard
27087 \begin_layout Standard
27091 \begin_layout Standard
27097 \begin_layout Standard
27098 for the enumerated list in section
27099 \begin_inset space ~
27103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27105 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27112 \begin_layout Standard
27113 The exclamation mark
27114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27121 marks the grouping levels.
27122 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27123 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27124 If we don't have an index entry for
27125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27132 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27135 \begin_layout Subsection
27137 \begin_inset Index idx
27140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27141 Index ! Page ranges
27149 \begin_layout Standard
27150 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27152 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27154 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27158 \begin_inset space \space{}
27161 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27163 \begin_inset space ~
27167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27169 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27176 \begin_layout Standard
27179 Paragraph environments|(
27182 \begin_layout Standard
27183 and another entry at the end of section
27184 \begin_inset space ~
27188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27190 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27197 \begin_layout Standard
27200 Paragraph environments|)
27203 \begin_layout Standard
27205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27228 respectively start and end the index range.
27229 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27230 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27231 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27232 An example is the index entry
27233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27236 Document ! Settings
27237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27243 \begin_layout Subsection
27245 \begin_inset Index idx
27248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27249 Index ! Cross referencing
27257 \begin_layout Standard
27258 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27259 We referred for example in the index entry
27260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27268 \begin_inset space ~
27272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27274 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27278 ) to the index entry
27279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27286 in the same section using the entry
27289 \begin_layout Standard
27292 GIF|see{Image formats}
27295 \begin_layout Standard
27296 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27297 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27298 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27301 \begin_layout Subsection
27303 \begin_inset Index idx
27306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27307 Index ! Entry order
27315 \begin_layout Standard
27316 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27317 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27318 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27323 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27325 \begin_inset space ~
27329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27331 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27340 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27341 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27366 \begin_inset Index idx
27369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27370 Dummy entries ! maïs
27376 \begin_inset Index idx
27379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27380 Dummy entries ! maître
27386 \begin_inset Index idx
27389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27390 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27395 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27396 order maïs, maison, maître.
27397 To achieve this, we use the command
27400 \begin_layout Standard
27403 previous entry@current entry
27406 \begin_layout Standard
27407 In our case we want to have
27408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27423 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27426 \begin_layout Standard
27432 \begin_layout Standard
27433 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27434 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27438 \begin_layout Standard
27439 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27445 \begin_layout Standard
27446 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27451 to generate the index (see sec.
27452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27458 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27467 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27469 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27475 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27479 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27480 index commands start with
27481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27493 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27498 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27501 \begin_layout Standard
27513 \begin_layout Standard
27525 \begin_layout Subsection
27527 \begin_inset Index idx
27530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27531 Index ! Entry layout
27539 \begin_layout Standard
27540 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27541 \begin_inset Index idx
27544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27547 This is an italic dummy entry
27552 You can also format the page number using the character
27553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27560 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27561 We can write for example
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27567 italic page number:|textit
27570 \begin_layout Standard
27571 to get the page number in italic.
27572 \begin_inset Index idx
27575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27576 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27581 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27599 \begin_inset space ~
27605 Have a look at section
27606 \begin_inset space ~
27610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27612 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27616 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27619 \begin_layout Standard
27620 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27628 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27632 to generate the index, see sec.
27633 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27639 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27648 , however, this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27649 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they
27651 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27654 key "latexcompanion"
27666 \begin_layout Standard
27667 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27669 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27670 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27671 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27672 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27673 If so, put the following in the preamble
27676 \begin_layout Standard
27688 \begin_layout Standard
27692 \begin_layout Standard
27698 \begin_layout Standard
27699 in the index entry.
27700 \begin_inset Index idx
27703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27704 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27709 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27710 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27711 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27714 \begin_layout Standard
27715 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27717 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27721 \begin_inset space \space{}
27724 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27725 for all index entries.
27726 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27738 documentation for details,
27739 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27741 key "makeindex,xindy"
27748 \begin_layout Subsection
27750 \begin_inset Index idx
27753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27760 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27762 name "sub:Index-Program"
27769 \begin_layout Standard
27770 If the index entry program
27774 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27778 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27787 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27788 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27789 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27790 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27791 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27801 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27802 dialog, see section
27803 \begin_inset space ~
27807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27809 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27814 The available options are listed and explained in
27815 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27817 key "makeindex,xindy"
27822 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27826 \begin_layout Standard
27827 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27828 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27831 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27832 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27836 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27837 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27840 \begin_layout Subsection
27844 \begin_layout Standard
27845 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27846 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27854 next to the standard index.
27855 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27856 packages that add this feature.
27862 \begin_inset Index idx
27865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27866 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27871 package to generate multiple indexes.
27872 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27873 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27874 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27881 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27882 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27883 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27886 \begin_layout Standard
27887 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27889 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27890 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27897 Use multiple Indexes
27898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27902 Note that the list of
27903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27910 below already contains the standard index.
27911 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27912 also appear as a heading) to the
27913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27920 input field and press the
27921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27929 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27930 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27931 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27935 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27941 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27942 indexes in the LyX work area.
27945 \begin_layout Standard
27946 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27949 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27951 \begin_inset space ~
27955 \begin_inset space ~
27964 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27965 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27966 are some additional features:
27969 \begin_layout Itemize
27970 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27971 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27974 \begin_layout Itemize
27975 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27976 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27985 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27987 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27990 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27991 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27992 to the non-subindexes.
27995 \begin_layout Section
27996 Nomenclature / Glossary
27997 \begin_inset Index idx
28000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28007 \begin_inset Index idx
28010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28039 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28041 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28048 \begin_layout Standard
28049 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28050 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28054 \begin_layout Standard
28055 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28060 \begin_inset Index idx
28063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28064 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28070 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28071 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28077 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28080 \begin_layout Standard
28081 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28082 and then use the menu
28084 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28090 \begin_inset space ~
28095 or the toolbar button
28098 arg "nomencl-insert"
28103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28114 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28117 \begin_layout Standard
28118 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28119 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28120 The second is the description of the symbol.
28123 \begin_layout Standard
28124 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28132 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28140 \begin_layout Subsection
28141 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28142 \begin_inset Index idx
28145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28146 Nomenclature ! Layout
28154 \begin_layout Standard
28155 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28159 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28165 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28173 \begin_inset Newline newline
28181 \begin_inset Newline newline
28187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28194 character starts/ends the formula.
28195 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28207 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28217 \begin_layout Standard
28218 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28219 \begin_inset space ~
28223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28225 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28232 \begin_layout Standard
28236 \begin_inset space ~
28241 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28242 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28247 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28254 in this document is:
28255 \begin_inset Newline newline
28260 dummy entry for the character
28265 \begin_inset Newline newline
28277 \begin_inset space ~
28287 font use the command
28316 \begin_layout Subsection
28317 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28318 \begin_inset Index idx
28321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28322 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28330 \begin_layout Standard
28331 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28332 the symbol definition.
28333 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28334 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28337 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28338 LatexCommand nomenclature
28340 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28347 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28351 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28352 LatexCommand nomenclature
28355 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28360 They will be sorted by
28361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28387 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28390 will be sorted before the
28394 since the character
28395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28402 is considered in sorting.
28405 \begin_layout Standard
28406 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28409 \begin_inset space ~
28414 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28415 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28417 For the example given, you can insert
28421 in this field for the
28422 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28429 will be located before
28430 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28436 \begin_layout Standard
28437 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28442 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28451 \begin_layout Subsection
28452 Nomenclature Options
28453 \begin_inset Index idx
28456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28457 Nomenclature ! Options
28465 \begin_layout Standard
28470 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28471 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28474 \begin_layout Description
28475 refeq Appends the phrase
28476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28491 to every nomenclature entry, where
28497 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28500 \begin_layout Description
28501 refpage Appends the phrase
28502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28517 to every nomenclature entry, where
28523 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28526 \begin_layout Description
28527 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28530 \begin_layout Standard
28531 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28532 class options list in the
28534 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28538 In this document the options
28545 \begin_layout Standard
28546 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28552 \begin_layout Standard
28553 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28554 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28559 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28562 \begin_layout Description
28572 \begin_layout Description
28575 nomrefpage Like the
28582 \begin_layout Description
28585 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28594 \begin_layout Description
28598 \begin_inset space ~
28604 \begin_inset space ~
28609 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28612 \begin_layout Standard
28614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28621 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28622 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28625 \begin_layout Standard
28633 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28636 \begin_inset Newline newline
28643 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28648 \begin_inset Newline newline
28652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28667 by their translation.
28670 \begin_layout Subsection
28671 Printing the Nomenclature
28672 \begin_inset Index idx
28675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28676 Nomenclature ! Printing
28684 \begin_layout Standard
28685 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28687 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28689 \begin_inset space ~
28693 \begin_inset space ~
28696 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28712 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28713 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28714 You can choose between these settings:
28717 \begin_layout Description
28718 Default a space of 1
28719 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28725 \begin_layout Description
28727 \begin_inset space ~
28731 \begin_inset space ~
28734 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28737 \begin_layout Description
28738 Custom custom space
28741 \begin_layout Standard
28742 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28751 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28759 For example, in order to change the name to
28763 , add the following line to the preamble:
28766 \begin_layout Standard
28774 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28777 \begin_layout Subsection
28778 Nomenclature Program
28779 \begin_inset Index idx
28782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28783 Nomenclature ! Program
28789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28791 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28798 \begin_layout Standard
28799 LyX uses the program
28803 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28804 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28809 by adding options, see section
28810 \begin_inset space ~
28814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28816 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28821 The available options are listed and explained in
28822 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28824 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28831 \begin_layout Section
28833 \begin_inset Index idx
28836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28843 \begin_inset Index idx
28846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28847 Document ! Branches
28853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28855 name "sec:Branches"
28862 \begin_layout Standard
28863 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28864 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28865 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28866 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28869 \begin_layout Standard
28870 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28871 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28872 To create a branch, either select the menu
28874 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28875 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28878 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28880 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28887 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28888 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28889 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28890 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28891 (see below for an example).
28892 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28893 to the name of the other) and to add
28894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28902 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28906 \begin_inset space ~
28909 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28910 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28913 \begin_layout Standard
28914 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28915 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28917 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28920 where you can choose a branch.
28921 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28925 \begin_layout Standard
28926 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28927 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28930 \begin_layout Standard
28931 \begin_inset Branch Question
28934 \begin_layout Standard
28935 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28943 \begin_layout Standard
28944 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28947 \begin_layout Standard
28948 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28956 \begin_layout Standard
28963 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28964 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28967 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28968 Consider for example a file
28969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28976 which has the above branches.
28978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28985 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29009 branch were inactive,
29010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29025 branch was active, likewise
29026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29041 branch was active, and
29042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29045 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29049 if both branches were active.
29050 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29054 \begin_layout Standard
29055 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29061 \begin_layout Standard
29062 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29063 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29065 For example you can define for the question branch
29069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29070 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29071 \begin_inset space ~
29075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29077 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29089 \begin_layout Standard
29099 \begin_layout Standard
29109 \begin_layout Standard
29110 and for the answer branch
29113 \begin_layout Standard
29123 \begin_layout Standard
29133 \begin_layout Standard
29134 \begin_inset Branch Question
29137 \begin_layout Standard
29141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29169 \begin_layout Standard
29170 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29173 \begin_layout Standard
29177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29205 \begin_layout Standard
29206 Now it is possible to use the commands
29210 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29217 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29220 to obtain conditional output.
29221 Here is an example formula where only the
29228 \begin_inset Formula
29230 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29238 \begin_layout Standard
29239 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29247 \begin_layout Section
29249 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29251 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29256 \begin_inset Index idx
29259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29268 \begin_layout Standard
29273 dialog allows you in the
29277 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29278 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29283 \begin_inset Index idx
29286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29287 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29295 \begin_layout Standard
29300 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29301 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29302 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29304 You can specify in the dialog tab
29308 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29310 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29311 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29315 \begin_layout Standard
29320 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29321 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29322 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29324 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29325 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29327 \begin_inset space ~
29330 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29331 \begin_inset space ~
29334 1 will only display the sections.
29337 \begin_layout Standard
29338 The header information in the dialog tab
29342 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29343 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29344 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29348 \begin_inset space \space{}
29351 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29352 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29355 Automatic fill header
29357 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29358 title and author settings.
29361 \begin_layout Standard
29364 Load in fullscreen mode
29366 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29369 \begin_layout Standard
29370 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29371 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29377 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29378 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29387 \begin_layout Section
29388 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29391 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29398 \begin_layout Subsection
29400 \begin_inset Index idx
29403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29410 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29412 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29419 \begin_layout Standard
29420 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29421 constructs, but not all.
29422 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29423 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29424 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29425 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29426 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29430 \begin_layout Standard
29431 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29433 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29435 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29437 \begin_inset space ~
29442 or by the toolbar button
29449 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29453 \begin_layout Standard
29454 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29455 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29456 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29457 using the LaTeX-command
29463 , you can write the command part
29469 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29473 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29474 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29475 the following example:
29478 \begin_layout Standard
29479 \begin_inset Graphics
29480 filename clipart/ERT.png
29488 \begin_layout Standard
29492 \begin_layout Standard
29493 This is a line with a
29497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29520 \begin_layout Standard
29521 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29529 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29530 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29538 \begin_layout Subsection
29539 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29540 \begin_inset Argument
29543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29550 \begin_inset Index idx
29553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29560 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29562 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29569 \begin_layout Standard
29570 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29571 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29572 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29581 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29582 any time if you know the right commands.
29584 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29588 \begin_inset space \space{}
29591 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29593 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29594 all caption labels bold.
29595 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29597 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29601 \begin_layout Standard
29602 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29603 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29604 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29606 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29615 \begin_layout Standard
29616 As result you know that the package
29621 \begin_inset Index idx
29624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29625 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29631 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29633 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29639 \begin_layout Standard
29644 usepackage[options]{package name}
29647 \begin_layout Standard
29648 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29649 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29650 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29653 \begin_layout Standard
29654 In your case the package name is
29659 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29664 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29665 So you add the command
29668 \begin_layout Standard
29673 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29676 \begin_layout Standard
29677 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29682 For more commands provided by the
29686 package, have a look at its documentation,
29687 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29701 \begin_layout Standard
29702 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29704 For example if you use a
29708 class, you don't need the package
29712 , you can instead write
29715 \begin_layout Standard
29720 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29725 \begin_layout Standard
29726 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29727 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29728 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29735 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29738 \begin_layout Standard
29739 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29740 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29742 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29743 the previous section.
29746 \begin_layout Standard
29747 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29749 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29751 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29758 \begin_layout Standard
29759 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29765 \begin_layout Standard
29769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29779 \begin_inset Note Note
29782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29783 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29791 \begin_layout Left Header
29792 \begin_inset Argument
29795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29815 \begin_inset Note Note
29818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29819 defines the header line as described below
29827 \begin_layout Center Header
29828 \begin_inset Argument
29831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29840 \begin_layout Right Header
29841 \begin_inset Argument
29844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29865 \begin_layout Left Footer
29866 \begin_inset Argument
29869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29890 \begin_layout Center Footer
29891 \begin_inset Argument
29894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29905 \begin_inset Newline newline
29909 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29915 \begin_layout Right Footer
29916 \begin_inset Argument
29919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29941 \begin_layout Section
29942 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29945 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29950 \begin_inset Index idx
29953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29954 Document ! Header/Footer line
29960 \begin_inset Index idx
29963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29972 \begin_layout Standard
29973 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
29974 to set the headings style to
29980 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29986 \begin_inset space ~
29992 As second step add in the menu
29994 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29995 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30002 Custom Header/Footerlines
30003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30007 This module offers the 6
30008 \begin_inset space ~
30014 \begin_layout Description
30016 \begin_inset space ~
30020 \begin_inset space ~
30024 \begin_inset space ~
30028 \begin_inset space ~
30032 \begin_inset space ~
30038 \begin_layout Description
30040 \begin_inset space ~
30044 \begin_inset space ~
30048 \begin_inset space ~
30052 \begin_inset space ~
30056 \begin_inset space ~
30062 \begin_layout Standard
30063 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30066 \begin_layout Standard
30067 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30068 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
30070 \begin_inset space ~
30074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30076 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30080 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30083 \begin_layout Standard
30084 \begin_inset Float figure
30090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30093 \begin_inset Tabular
30094 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30095 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30096 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30098 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30100 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30118 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30129 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30147 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30158 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30162 The normal text on the page goes here.
30163 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30165 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30166 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30171 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30180 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30191 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30209 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30220 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30238 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30256 \begin_inset Caption
30258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30261 name "fig:Page-layout"
30265 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30278 \begin_layout Subsection
30282 \begin_layout Standard
30283 To define your header line, add all 3
30284 \begin_inset space ~
30288 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30289 the optional arguments on even pages.
30290 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30292 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30293 Defining the footer line works similar.
30296 \begin_layout Standard
30297 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30300 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30313 \begin_inset space ~
30321 \begin_layout Description
30324 thepage prints the current page number
30327 \begin_layout Description
30330 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30333 \begin_layout Description
30336 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30339 \begin_layout Description
30342 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30343 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30350 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30353 because it usually goes in a left header.
30356 \begin_layout Description
30359 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30360 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30362 It is normally used in the right header.
30365 \begin_layout Subsection
30366 Default header/footer
30369 \begin_layout Standard
30370 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30371 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30372 footer has the page number.
30373 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30374 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30375 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30378 \begin_inset space ~
30386 \begin_layout Subsection
30390 \begin_layout Standard
30391 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30392 Some pages are different.
30393 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30394 a new part or chapter in your book.
30395 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30396 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30397 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30400 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30401 Header and footer decoration line
30404 \begin_layout Standard
30405 By default, you get a 0.4
30406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30409 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30410 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30422 in the following scheme:
30425 \begin_layout Standard
30432 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30435 \begin_layout Standard
30436 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30445 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30446 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30452 \begin_layout Standard
30453 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30454 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30455 \begin_inset space ~
30459 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30468 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30469 Several header/footer lines
30472 \begin_layout Standard
30473 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30474 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30475 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30477 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30489 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30492 \begin_layout Standard
30499 headheight}{height}
30502 \begin_layout Standard
30503 Where height is a size in standard units.
30504 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30505 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30506 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30508 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30522 and look via the button
30525 \begin_inset space ~
30530 if you find a warning of the package
30535 \begin_inset Index idx
30538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30539 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30545 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30546 for your header/footer.
30549 \begin_layout Subsection
30553 \begin_layout Standard
30554 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30555 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30556 This example consists of the following definition:
30559 \begin_layout Description
30561 \begin_inset space ~
30570 , empty optional argument
30573 \begin_layout Description
30575 \begin_inset space ~
30578 Header empty, empty optional argument
30581 \begin_layout Description
30583 \begin_inset space ~
30592 in the optional argument
30595 \begin_layout Description
30597 \begin_inset space ~
30606 in the optional argument
30609 \begin_layout Description
30611 \begin_inset space ~
30623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30627 \begin_inset Newline newline
30631 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30638 in the optional argument
30641 \begin_layout Description
30643 \begin_inset space ~
30652 , empty optional argument
30655 \begin_layout Description
30658 headrulewidth set to 2
30659 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30665 \begin_layout Standard
30666 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30668 For more special things like e.
30669 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30673 \begin_inset space ~
30676 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30681 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30690 \begin_layout Standard
30691 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30697 \begin_layout Standard
30701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30705 pagestyle{headings}
30711 \begin_inset Note Note
30714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30715 switches back to page style with the default headings
30723 \begin_layout Section
30724 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30727 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30732 \begin_inset Index idx
30735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30742 \begin_inset Index idx
30745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30754 \begin_layout Standard
30755 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30756 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
30757 to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
30760 \begin_layout Subsection
30764 \begin_layout Standard
30765 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30770 \begin_inset Index idx
30773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30774 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30779 (on some systems named simply
30784 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30786 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30792 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30793 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30801 package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package is
30802 automatically installed together with LyX.
30805 \begin_layout Subsection
30809 \begin_layout Standard
30810 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30811 LaTeX, activate the option
30814 \begin_inset space ~
30821 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30827 \begin_inset space ~
30831 \begin_inset space ~
30834 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30841 \begin_inset space ~
30854 \begin_inset space ~
30859 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30862 \begin_layout Standard
30863 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30867 \begin_layout Standard
30868 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30876 Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
30877 generated by activating the option
30880 \begin_inset space ~
30886 Reopening the documents assures to get previews.
30894 \begin_layout Subsection
30895 Selected document parts
30898 \begin_layout Standard
30899 Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
30900 fox example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
30901 which are not yet supported by LyX.
30902 To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
30904 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30908 Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
30909 The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
30910 If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
30913 \begin_layout Standard
30914 An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
30920 which is not yet supported by LyX.
30924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30931 is explained in section
30933 Rotated and Scaled Boxes
30938 \begin_inset space ~
30948 Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
30949 boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
30951 Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
30953 Here is the result:
30956 \begin_layout Standard
30957 \begin_inset Preview
30959 \begin_layout Standard
30964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30968 rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
30974 \begin_inset Box Doublebox
30984 height_special "totalheight"
30987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31012 rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
31018 \begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
31025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31040 \begin_layout Standard
31041 Previewing works also for colors.
31042 In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
31053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31060 is explained in section
31067 \begin_inset space ~
31080 \begin_layout Standard
31081 \begin_inset Preview
31083 \begin_layout Standard
31087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31106 fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
31111 This is text within a colored, framed box.
31115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31130 \begin_layout Standard
31131 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
31137 \begin_layout Standard
31138 If LyX does not show a preview, assure that you enabled previews as described
31139 above and also assure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and that
31140 you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
31142 If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
31143 to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
31144 So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
31145 preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
31149 \begin_layout Subsection
31153 \begin_layout Standard
31154 You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
31157 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31159 \begin_inset space ~
31164 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31165 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31167 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31168 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31169 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31170 the source view window.
31173 \begin_layout Section
31174 Advanced Find and Replace
31175 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31177 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31182 \begin_inset Index idx
31185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31192 \begin_inset Index idx
31195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31204 \begin_layout Subsection
31208 \begin_layout Standard
31209 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31210 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31211 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31212 The key-features are:
31215 \begin_layout Itemize
31216 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31217 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31218 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31222 \begin_layout Itemize
31223 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31224 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31225 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31226 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31229 \begin_layout Itemize
31230 Search may be widened to a specific
31235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31239 \begin_inset space ~
31242 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31243 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31250 \begin_layout Itemize
31251 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31252 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31253 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31257 \begin_inset space ~
31260 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31263 \begin_layout Subsection
31267 \begin_layout Standard
31268 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
31271 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31284 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31287 ) or the toolbar button
31290 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31296 Advanced Find and Replace
31301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31305 \begin_layout Standard
31310 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31315 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31320 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31321 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31322 Pressing repeatedly
31326 keeps searching forward.
31327 Similarly, pressing
31331 searches for the entered text backwards.
31334 \begin_layout Standard
31335 While searching, the
31339 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31349 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31352 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31353 Searching for mathematics
31356 \begin_layout Standard
31357 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31361 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31362 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31365 or also something more complex like
31366 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31370 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31371 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31372 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31373 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31379 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31383 \begin_layout Standard
31384 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31385 This is done by switching to the
31389 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31394 This way, entering in the
31401 \begin_layout Itemize
31402 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31403 in emphasized or boldface.
31406 \begin_layout Itemize
31407 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31408 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31409 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31410 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31413 \begin_layout Itemize
31414 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31415 of if only within section headings.
31416 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31417 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31421 \begin_layout Itemize
31422 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31423 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31426 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31430 \begin_layout Standard
31431 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31435 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31443 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31447 button or alternatively
31469 \begin_layout Standard
31470 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31471 text segments in your document.
31472 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31476 \begin_layout Itemize
31477 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31478 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31486 with its typewriter version
31489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31499 \begin_layout Itemize
31500 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31506 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31518 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31525 (you may want to enable the
31533 options and disable the
31541 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31549 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31550 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31554 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31557 , or occurrences of
31558 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31562 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31568 \begin_layout Subsection
31572 \begin_layout Standard
31573 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31578 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31580 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31582 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31591 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31597 This is done via the menu
31599 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31600 Insert Regular Expression
31602 while the cursor is in the
31607 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31608 expression matching rules
31612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31613 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31615 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31619 \begin_inset space ~
31622 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31623 to match expressions.
31628 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31629 same text in the document.
31630 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31631 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31634 \begin_layout Enumerate
31635 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31640 editor the fraction
31641 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31645 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31648 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31649 fractions with the given denominator.
31652 \begin_layout Enumerate
31653 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31665 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31670 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31671 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31673 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31676 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31677 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31680 \begin_layout Standard
31681 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31682 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31683 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31686 , and referring back to them through
31687 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31691 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31695 For example, try searching for the regexp
31696 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31699 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31702 \begin_layout Standard
31703 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31704 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31705 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31706 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31710 \begin_inset space ~
31714 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31717 always refers to the first occurrence of
31718 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31721 in all entered regexps.
31724 \begin_layout Standard
31725 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31729 \begin_layout Section
31731 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31733 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31738 \begin_inset Index idx
31741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31750 \begin_layout Standard
31751 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31754 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31761 or the toolbar button
31764 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31767 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31768 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31769 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31770 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31771 scrolled so that it is visible.
31772 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31773 n, if any could be found.
31774 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
31778 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
31779 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31782 \begin_layout Standard
31783 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31786 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31790 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31791 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31792 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31793 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31794 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31795 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31798 \begin_layout Subsection
31802 \begin_layout Standard
31803 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31806 \begin_inset space ~
31809 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31812 you can set the following things:
31815 \begin_layout Description
31817 \begin_inset space ~
31820 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31821 Depending on your platform,
31835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31836 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31837 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31852 \begin_layout Description
31854 \begin_inset space ~
31857 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31858 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31861 \begin_layout Description
31863 \begin_inset space ~
31866 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31868 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31872 \begin_inset space \space{}
31876 This should normally not be needed.
31879 \begin_layout Description
31881 \begin_inset space ~
31885 \begin_inset space ~
31888 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31900 \begin_layout Description
31902 \begin_inset space ~
31905 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31906 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31907 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
31908 in the context menu.
31909 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31913 \begin_layout Description
31915 \begin_inset space ~
31919 \begin_inset space ~
31923 \begin_inset space ~
31926 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31930 \begin_layout Section
31932 \begin_inset Index idx
31935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31944 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31951 \begin_layout Standard
31952 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31953 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31963 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31965 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31974 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31975 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31976 are available for many languages.
31979 \begin_layout Standard
31980 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31984 \begin_layout Subsection
31985 Setting up the thesaurus
31988 \begin_layout Standard
31996 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32001 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32006 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32008 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32012 en_EN for English).
32013 For instance, the English files are named:
32016 \begin_layout Itemize
32020 \begin_layout Itemize
32024 \begin_layout Standard
32025 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
32026 already on your system.
32027 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32028 \begin_inset Flex URL
32031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32033 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32039 \begin_inset Flex URL
32042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32044 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
32053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32054 Note that, as of OpenOffice
32055 \begin_inset space ~
32059 \begin_inset Flex URL
32062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32064 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32069 are usually packed in extension archives (
32073 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32075 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32076 unpack a zip archive.
32089 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32090 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32092 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32093 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32097 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32100 \begin_layout Subsection
32101 Using the thesaurus
32104 \begin_layout Standard
32105 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32107 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32110 or the toolbar button
32113 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32116 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32118 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32120 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32121 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
32122 and hyponyms (such as
32130 ), compounds (such as
32134 ) and antonyms (such as
32142 ), which are marked as such.
32145 \begin_layout Standard
32146 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32147 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32151 \begin_layout Standard
32152 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32153 the dictionary, such as the above
32157 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32158 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32162 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32163 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32164 For example looking up the word forms
32172 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32177 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32190 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32191 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32192 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32195 \begin_layout Section
32197 \begin_inset Index idx
32200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32207 \begin_inset Index idx
32210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32211 Document ! Change Tracking
32217 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32219 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32226 \begin_layout Standard
32227 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32228 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32229 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32230 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32232 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32234 \begin_inset space ~
32237 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32239 \begin_inset space ~
32247 \begin_layout Standard
32248 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32262 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32263 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32266 \begin_inset space ~
32270 \begin_inset space ~
32280 \begin_inset Index idx
32283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32284 Color ! Change tracking
32289 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32290 the cursor is in changed text.
32291 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32294 arg "changes-merge"
32300 \begin_layout Standard
32301 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32302 \begin_inset Index idx
32305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32314 \begin_layout Standard
32315 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32321 \begin_layout Standard
32322 \begin_inset Graphics
32323 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32331 \begin_layout Standard
32332 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32338 \begin_layout Standard
32339 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32343 \begin_layout Standard
32344 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32350 \begin_layout Standard
32351 \begin_inset Tabular
32352 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32353 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32354 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32355 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32356 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32365 arg "changes-track"
32373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32379 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32381 \begin_inset space ~
32384 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32386 \begin_inset space ~
32395 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32404 arg "changes-output"
32412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32418 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32420 \begin_inset space ~
32423 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32425 \begin_inset space ~
32429 \begin_inset space ~
32433 \begin_inset space ~
32442 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32463 Jumps to the next change
32469 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32478 arg "change-accept"
32486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32492 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32494 \begin_inset space ~
32497 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32499 \begin_inset space ~
32508 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32517 arg "change-reject"
32525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32531 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32533 \begin_inset space ~
32536 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32538 \begin_inset space ~
32547 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32556 arg "changes-merge"
32564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32570 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32572 \begin_inset space ~
32575 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32577 \begin_inset space ~
32586 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32595 arg "all-changes-accept"
32603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32609 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32611 \begin_inset space ~
32614 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32616 \begin_inset space ~
32620 \begin_inset space ~
32629 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32638 arg "all-changes-reject"
32646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32652 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32654 \begin_inset space ~
32657 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32659 \begin_inset space ~
32663 \begin_inset space ~
32672 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32695 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32696 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32698 \begin_inset space ~
32707 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32730 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32732 \begin_inset space ~
32748 \begin_layout Standard
32749 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32755 \begin_layout Standard
32756 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32757 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32758 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32759 the next change after the current cursor position.
32760 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32761 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32762 step to the next change.
32763 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32766 \begin_layout Standard
32767 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32768 to describe a change.
32771 \begin_layout Standard
32772 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32777 \begin_inset Index idx
32780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32781 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32787 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32788 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32794 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32797 \begin_layout Section
32798 Comparison of Documents
32799 \begin_inset Index idx
32802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32803 Comparison of documents
32811 \begin_layout Standard
32812 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32814 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32818 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32820 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
32823 \begin_inset space ~
32827 \begin_inset space ~
32831 \begin_inset space ~
32836 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the resulting
32841 \begin_inset space ~
32845 \begin_inset space ~
32849 \begin_inset space ~
32853 \begin_inset space ~
32857 \begin_inset space ~
32861 \begin_inset space ~
32866 enables the change tracking option
32869 \begin_inset space ~
32873 \begin_inset space ~
32877 \begin_inset space ~
32882 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32885 \begin_layout Section
32886 International Support
32887 \begin_inset Index idx
32890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32891 International support
32899 \begin_layout Standard
32900 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32901 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32902 how to set up LyX to use them:
32903 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32905 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32912 \begin_layout Standard
32913 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32914 \begin_inset space ~
32918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32920 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32927 \begin_layout Subsection
32929 \begin_inset Index idx
32932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32939 \begin_inset Index idx
32942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32943 Document ! Settings
32949 \begin_inset Index idx
32952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32953 Document ! Language
32961 \begin_layout Standard
32964 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32967 dialog lets you set
32969 the language and character encoding for your language.
32973 \begin_layout Standard
32974 Choose your language in the
32978 section of this dialog.
32986 \begin_layout Standard
32991 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
32996 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
32997 For details about the different encoding options see section
32998 \begin_inset space ~
33002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33004 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
33011 \begin_layout Subsection
33012 Keyboard mapping configuration
33013 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33015 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33022 \begin_layout Standard
33023 If you have for example a U.
33024 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33027 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33028 can use an alternate keymap.
33029 For example, if you have a U.
33030 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33033 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33034 use an Italian keymap.
33035 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33037 \begin_inset space ~
33041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33043 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33048 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33049 which one you want to use.
33052 \begin_layout Standard
33053 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33054 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33055 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33056 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33057 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33058 one to support the characters you want.
33059 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33066 \begin_layout Subsection
33070 \begin_layout Standard
33072 \begin_inset space ~
33076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33078 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
33087 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33091 \begin_layout Standard
33092 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33093 Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
33101 \begin_layout Itemize
33102 Even if you have selected
33108 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33111 dialog, users who have only the
33115 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33119 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33120 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33121 french quotes will not show up.
33124 \begin_layout Standard
33125 \begin_inset Float table
33130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33131 \begin_inset Caption
33133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33136 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
33152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33154 \begin_inset Tabular
33155 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33156 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33157 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33158 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33159 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33160 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33161 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33162 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33163 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33164 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33165 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33166 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33167 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33168 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33169 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33170 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33171 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33172 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33173 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37586 \begin_layout Standard
37587 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37589 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37590 also the characters from
37602 \begin_layout Itemize
37611 \begin_layout Standard
37612 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37613 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37619 \begin_layout Standard
37620 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37621 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37627 \begin_layout Standard
37628 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37629 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37635 \begin_layout Standard
37636 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37637 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37643 \begin_layout Standard
37645 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37651 \begin_layout Standard
37653 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37659 \begin_layout Standard
37661 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37668 \begin_layout Itemize
37681 \begin_layout Standard
37683 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37689 \begin_layout Standard
37691 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37697 \begin_layout Standard
37699 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37705 \begin_layout Standard
37707 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37713 \begin_layout Standard
37715 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37721 \begin_layout Standard
37723 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37730 \begin_layout Standard
37731 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37732 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37733 Also make sure you're using the
37740 \begin_layout Chapter
37743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37745 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37752 \begin_layout Standard
37753 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37754 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37755 topic inside the user's guide.
37758 \begin_layout Section
37760 \begin_inset Index idx
37763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37772 \begin_layout Standard
37777 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37780 \begin_layout Subsection
37784 \begin_layout Standard
37785 Creates a new document.
37788 \begin_layout Subsection
37792 \begin_layout Standard
37793 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37794 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37795 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37798 \begin_layout Subsection
37802 \begin_layout Standard
37806 \begin_layout Subsection
37810 \begin_layout Standard
37811 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37812 Click there on a file to open it.
37815 \begin_layout Subsection
37819 \begin_layout Standard
37820 Closes the current document.
37823 \begin_layout Subsection
37827 \begin_layout Standard
37828 Closes all opened documents.
37831 \begin_layout Subsection
37835 \begin_layout Standard
37836 Saves the actual document.
37839 \begin_layout Subsection
37843 \begin_layout Standard
37844 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37847 \begin_layout Subsection
37851 \begin_layout Standard
37852 Saves all opened documents.
37855 \begin_layout Subsection
37859 \begin_layout Standard
37860 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37863 \begin_layout Subsection
37867 \begin_layout Standard
37868 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37869 It is described in the section
37871 Version Control in LyX
37875 Additional Features
37880 \begin_layout Subsection
37884 \begin_layout Standard
37885 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37886 NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
37888 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
37891 \begin_layout Standard
37892 When using the menu entry
37895 \begin_inset space ~
37900 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37904 \begin_inset space ~
37908 \begin_inset space ~
37913 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37914 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37917 \begin_layout Subsection
37919 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37928 \begin_layout Standard
37929 You can export your document to various file formats.
37930 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37931 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37932 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37935 \begin_layout Standard
37936 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37938 \begin_inset space ~
37942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37944 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37951 \begin_layout Description
37957 \begin_inset space ~
37964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37971 yX format of the special LyX
37972 \begin_inset space ~
37975 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
37976 \begin_inset Newline newline
37979 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37982 \begin_layout Description
37983 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
37989 \begin_layout Description
37991 \begin_inset space ~
37994 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
38000 \begin_layout Description
38001 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
38002 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
38003 files paths or file names in your document.
38004 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
38011 \begin_layout Description
38012 DVI DVI-format that also allows to use special characters or spaces in files
38013 paths or file names
38016 \begin_layout Description
38018 \begin_inset space ~
38025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38032 eX) DVI-format using the program
38036 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
38039 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38047 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
38055 \begin_layout Description
38057 \begin_inset space ~
38060 Dot text file with code in the programming language
38064 that is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
38069 \begin_layout Description
38070 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38074 \begin_layout Description
38076 \begin_inset space ~
38080 \begin_inset space ~
38083 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38087 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38095 \begin_layout Description
38102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38110 \begin_inset space ~
38121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38134 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
38139 \begin_layout Description
38146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38154 \begin_inset space ~
38159 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38160 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38164 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38167 \begin_layout Description
38174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38182 \begin_inset space ~
38187 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38188 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38196 \begin_layout Description
38203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38211 \begin_inset space ~
38222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38235 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
38240 \begin_layout Description
38242 \begin_inset space ~
38246 \begin_inset space ~
38255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38264 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
38265 music notation software
38270 \begin_layout Description
38277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38287 \begin_inset space ~
38291 \begin_inset space ~
38294 (zip) creates a zip-archive file that contains your document and all files
38295 that are necessary to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files,
38299 \begin_layout Description
38306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38316 \begin_inset space ~
38319 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38335 represent the version number)
38338 \begin_layout Description
38345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38354 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38357 \begin_layout Description
38358 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38363 \begin_layout Description
38364 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38377 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38381 \begin_layout Description
38385 \begin_inset space ~
38390 PDF-format using the program
38394 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38397 \begin_layout Description
38401 \begin_inset space ~
38408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38417 PDF-format using the program
38421 , produces PDF-files directly
38424 \begin_layout Description
38428 \begin_inset space ~
38433 PDF-format using the program
38437 , produces PDF-files directly
38440 \begin_layout Description
38444 \begin_inset space ~
38449 PDF-format using the program
38453 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38456 \begin_layout Description
38460 \begin_inset space ~
38467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38476 PDF-format using the program
38480 , produces PDF-files directly
38483 \begin_layout Description
38487 \begin_inset space ~
38495 \begin_layout Description
38499 \begin_inset space ~
38503 \begin_inset space ~
38508 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38509 and then exported as text using the program
38514 \begin_layout Description
38519 PostScript format using the program
38524 \begin_layout Description
38525 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38526 programming language
38539 it is possible to use
38546 \begin_layout Standard
38547 If one of the menu entries
38554 \begin_inset space ~
38563 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38564 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38565 \begin_inset space ~
38569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38571 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38576 \begin_inset Index idx
38579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38580 Reconfiguration of LyX
38588 \begin_layout Subsection
38592 \begin_layout Standard
38593 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38594 format or send it to a printer.
38595 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38596 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38602 For more information have a look at section
38603 \begin_inset space ~
38607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38609 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38616 \begin_layout Subsection
38620 \begin_layout Standard
38621 This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
38622 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38623 prefix, see section
38624 \begin_inset space ~
38628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38630 reference "sec:Paths"
38635 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38644 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38645 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38646 \begin_inset space ~
38650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38652 reference "sub:Converters"
38659 \begin_layout Subsection
38660 New and Close Window
38663 \begin_layout Standard
38664 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38667 \begin_layout Subsection
38671 \begin_layout Standard
38672 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38675 \begin_layout Section
38677 \begin_inset Index idx
38680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38689 \begin_layout Subsection
38693 \begin_layout Standard
38694 Described in section
38695 \begin_inset space ~
38699 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38701 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38708 \begin_layout Subsection
38709 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38712 \begin_layout Standard
38713 Described in section
38714 \begin_inset space ~
38718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38720 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38727 \begin_layout Subsection
38731 \begin_layout Standard
38732 Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
38733 Is the cursor outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
38736 \begin_layout Subsection
38740 \begin_layout Standard
38741 Selects the whole document.
38744 \begin_layout Subsection
38745 Find & Replace (Quick)
38748 \begin_layout Standard
38749 Described in section
38750 \begin_inset space ~
38754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38756 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38763 \begin_layout Subsection
38764 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38767 \begin_layout Standard
38768 Described in section
38769 \begin_inset space ~
38773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38775 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38782 \begin_layout Subsection
38783 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38786 \begin_layout Standard
38787 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38791 \begin_layout Subsection
38795 \begin_layout Standard
38796 Described in section
38797 \begin_inset space ~
38801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38803 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38810 \begin_layout Subsection
38812 \begin_inset Index idx
38815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38816 Paragraph ! Settings
38824 \begin_layout Standard
38825 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38826 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38829 \begin_layout Standard
38830 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38831 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38833 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38839 \begin_inset space ~
38847 \begin_layout Subsection
38848 Table Settings and Math
38851 \begin_layout Standard
38852 These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
38854 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38855 The properties of tables are described in section
38856 \begin_inset space ~
38860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38862 reference "sec:Tables"
38866 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38867 \begin_inset space ~
38871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38873 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38880 \begin_layout Subsection
38881 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38884 \begin_layout Standard
38885 These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
38887 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38888 \begin_inset space ~
38892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38894 reference "sec:Nesting"
38899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38901 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38908 \begin_layout Section
38910 \begin_inset Index idx
38913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38922 \begin_layout Standard
38923 At the bottom of the
38927 menu the opened documents are listed.
38930 \begin_layout Subsection
38931 Open/Close all Insets
38934 \begin_layout Standard
38935 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38938 \begin_layout Subsection
38939 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38942 \begin_layout Standard
38943 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38946 \begin_layout Standard
38947 Math macros are described in the
38954 \begin_layout Subsection
38958 \begin_layout Standard
38959 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38961 \begin_inset space ~
38965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38967 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38974 \begin_layout Subsection
38978 \begin_layout Standard
38979 Opens a window showing console messages.
38980 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38981 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38984 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38985 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38988 \begin_layout Subsection
38992 \begin_layout Standard
38993 This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
38994 default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
38995 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38999 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39001 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39005 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39006 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39012 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39016 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
39017 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39018 \begin_inset space ~
39022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39024 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39029 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39030 The default output format is
39033 \begin_inset space ~
39041 \begin_layout Subsection
39042 View (Other Formats)
39045 \begin_layout Standard
39046 With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39047 The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
39048 actual document with an external program.
39049 The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
39050 the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
39051 All possible formats are listed in section
39052 \begin_inset space ~
39056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39058 reference "sub:Export"
39063 You should at least see the menu entry
39068 If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
39069 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
39070 \begin_inset space ~
39074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39076 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39081 \begin_inset Index idx
39084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39085 Reconfiguration of LyX
39093 \begin_layout Standard
39094 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
39095 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39096 \begin_inset space ~
39100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39102 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39107 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39110 \begin_layout Subsection
39114 \begin_layout Standard
39115 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39116 the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
39119 \begin_layout Subsection
39120 Update (Other Formats)
39123 \begin_layout Standard
39124 With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
39125 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39128 \begin_layout Subsection
39129 View Master Document
39132 \begin_layout Standard
39133 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39149 \begin_inset space ~
39154 manual for more information on this topic).
39155 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39156 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39161 generates the output of the whole book, while
39165 will just output the chapter alone.
39168 \begin_layout Standard
39169 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39170 in the preferences (see sec.
39171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39177 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39181 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39182 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39188 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39195 \begin_layout Subsection
39196 Update Master Document
39199 \begin_layout Standard
39200 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39216 \begin_inset space ~
39221 manual for more information on this topic).
39222 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39223 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39226 \begin_layout Standard
39227 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39228 in the preferences (see sec.
39229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39235 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39239 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39246 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39253 \begin_layout Subsection
39257 \begin_layout Standard
39258 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39259 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
39260 view the same document, but at different positions.
39261 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39262 or more documents at the same time.
39263 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39270 \begin_layout Subsection
39274 \begin_layout Standard
39275 Closes a split view.
39278 \begin_layout Subsection
39282 \begin_layout Standard
39283 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39284 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39285 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39286 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39287 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39290 \begin_layout Subsection
39292 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39294 name "sub:Toolbars"
39299 \begin_inset Index idx
39302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39311 \begin_layout Standard
39312 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39313 All toolbars and the
39316 \begin_inset space ~
39321 can be turned on and off.
39326 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39338 \begin_inset space ~
39346 \begin_inset space ~
39355 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39359 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39366 \begin_layout Standard
39371 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39375 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39376 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39377 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
39378 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
39379 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39382 \begin_layout Standard
39383 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39384 \begin_inset space ~
39388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39390 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39397 \begin_layout Section
39399 \begin_inset Index idx
39402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39411 \begin_layout Subsection
39415 \begin_layout Standard
39416 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39417 \begin_inset space ~
39421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39423 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39434 \begin_layout Subsection
39436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39438 name "sub:Special-Character"
39445 \begin_layout Standard
39446 Here you can insert the following characters:
39449 \begin_layout Description
39450 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39451 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39452 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39453 \begin_inset Newline newline
39457 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39465 Not all characters will be visible in the
39469 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39477 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39481 ) can display every character.
39489 \begin_layout Description
39490 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39494 \begin_layout Description
39496 \begin_inset space ~
39500 \begin_inset space ~
39503 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39504 \begin_inset space ~
39508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39510 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39517 \begin_layout Description
39519 \begin_inset space ~
39522 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39525 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39535 \begin_layout Description
39537 \begin_inset space ~
39540 Quote Inserts this quote:
39541 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39547 \begin_layout Description
39549 \begin_inset space ~
39552 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39556 \begin_layout Description
39558 \begin_inset space ~
39561 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39565 \begin_layout Description
39567 \begin_inset space ~
39570 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39574 \begin_layout Description
39576 \begin_inset space ~
39580 \begin_inset Index idx
39583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39590 \begin_inset Index idx
39593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39594 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39599 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39600 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39601 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39606 \begin_inset Index idx
39609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39610 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39616 \begin_inset Newline newline
39619 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
39623 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39631 and this Wiki-page:
39632 \begin_inset Newline newline
39636 \begin_inset Flex URL
39639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39641 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39649 \begin_layout Subsection
39653 \begin_layout Standard
39654 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39657 \begin_layout Description
39658 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39659 \begin_inset script superscript
39661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39670 \begin_layout Description
39671 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39672 \begin_inset script subscript
39674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39683 \begin_layout Description
39685 \begin_inset space ~
39688 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39689 \begin_inset space ~
39693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39695 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39702 \begin_layout Description
39704 \begin_inset space ~
39707 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39708 \begin_inset space ~
39712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39714 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39721 \begin_layout Description
39723 \begin_inset space ~
39726 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39727 \begin_inset space ~
39731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39733 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39740 \begin_layout Description
39742 \begin_inset space ~
39745 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39746 \begin_inset space ~
39750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39752 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39759 \begin_layout Description
39761 \begin_inset space ~
39764 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39765 \begin_inset space ~
39769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39771 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39778 \begin_layout Description
39780 \begin_inset space ~
39783 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39784 \begin_inset space ~
39788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39790 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39797 \begin_layout Description
39798 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39799 \begin_inset space ~
39803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39805 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39812 \begin_layout Description
39814 \begin_inset space ~
39817 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39818 \begin_inset space ~
39822 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39824 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39831 \begin_layout Description
39833 \begin_inset space ~
39836 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39837 \begin_inset space ~
39841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39843 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39850 \begin_layout Description
39852 \begin_inset space ~
39856 \begin_inset space ~
39859 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39860 \begin_inset space ~
39864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39866 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39873 \begin_layout Description
39875 \begin_inset space ~
39878 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39879 text line to the page border, see section
39880 \begin_inset space ~
39884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39886 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39893 \begin_layout Description
39895 \begin_inset space ~
39898 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39899 \begin_inset space ~
39903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39905 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39912 \begin_layout Description
39914 \begin_inset space ~
39917 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39918 text page to the page border, described in section
39919 \begin_inset space ~
39923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39925 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39932 \begin_layout Description
39934 \begin_inset space ~
39937 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39938 \begin_inset space ~
39942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39944 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39951 \begin_layout Description
39953 \begin_inset space ~
39957 \begin_inset space ~
39960 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39961 \begin_inset space ~
39965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39967 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39974 \begin_layout Subsection
39978 \begin_layout Standard
39979 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39980 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
39982 \begin_inset space ~
39986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39988 reference "sec:toc"
39993 The index list is described in section
39994 \begin_inset space ~
39998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40000 reference "sec:Index"
40004 , the nomenclature in section
40005 \begin_inset space ~
40009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40011 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40015 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
40016 \begin_inset space ~
40020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40022 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40029 \begin_layout Subsection
40033 \begin_layout Standard
40034 To insert floats, described in section
40035 \begin_inset space ~
40039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40041 reference "sec:Floats"
40048 \begin_layout Subsection
40052 \begin_layout Standard
40053 To insert notes, described in section
40054 \begin_inset space ~
40058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40060 reference "sec:Notes"
40067 \begin_layout Subsection
40071 \begin_layout Standard
40072 Inserts branch insets as described in section
40073 \begin_inset space ~
40077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40079 reference "sec:Branches"
40086 \begin_layout Subsection
40090 \begin_layout Standard
40091 Inserts document class-specific insets.
40092 Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
40094 An example is the document class
40095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40102 with three custom insets.
40105 Flex insets and InsetLayout
40111 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40114 \begin_layout Subsection
40116 \begin_inset Index idx
40119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40128 \begin_layout Standard
40129 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
40130 files in your document.
40131 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40138 \begin_inset space ~
40146 \begin_layout Subsection
40148 \begin_inset Index idx
40151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40160 \begin_layout Standard
40161 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40162 \begin_inset space ~
40166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40168 reference "sec:Minipages"
40173 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40180 \begin_inset space ~
40188 \begin_layout Subsection
40192 \begin_layout Standard
40193 Inserts a citation as described in section
40194 \begin_inset space ~
40198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40200 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40207 \begin_layout Subsection
40211 \begin_layout Standard
40212 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40213 \begin_inset space ~
40217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40219 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40226 \begin_layout Subsection
40230 \begin_layout Standard
40231 Inserts a label as described in section
40232 \begin_inset space ~
40236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40238 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40245 \begin_layout Subsection
40247 \begin_inset Index idx
40250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40257 \begin_inset Index idx
40260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40261 Longtables ! Caption
40269 \begin_layout Standard
40270 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40271 Floats are described in section
40272 \begin_inset space ~
40276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40278 reference "sec:Floats"
40282 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40289 \begin_inset space ~
40297 \begin_layout Subsection
40301 \begin_layout Standard
40302 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40303 \begin_inset space ~
40307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40309 reference "sec:Index"
40316 \begin_layout Subsection
40320 \begin_layout Standard
40321 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40322 \begin_inset space ~
40326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40328 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40335 \begin_layout Subsection
40339 \begin_layout Standard
40341 Tables are described in section
40342 \begin_inset space ~
40346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40348 reference "sec:Tables"
40355 \begin_layout Subsection
40359 \begin_layout Standard
40361 Graphics are described in section
40362 \begin_inset space ~
40366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40368 reference "sec:Graphics"
40375 \begin_layout Subsection
40379 \begin_layout Standard
40380 Inserts an URL as described in section
40381 \begin_inset space ~
40385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40387 reference "sub:URLs"
40394 \begin_layout Subsection
40398 \begin_layout Standard
40399 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40400 \begin_inset space ~
40404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40406 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40413 \begin_layout Subsection
40417 \begin_layout Standard
40418 Inserts a footnote, see section
40419 \begin_inset space ~
40423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40425 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40432 \begin_layout Subsection
40436 \begin_layout Standard
40437 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40438 \begin_inset space ~
40442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40444 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40451 \begin_layout Subsection
40455 \begin_layout Standard
40456 Inserts a short title, see section
40457 \begin_inset space ~
40461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40463 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40470 \begin_layout Subsection
40474 \begin_layout Standard
40475 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40476 \begin_inset space ~
40480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40482 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40489 \begin_layout Subsection
40491 \begin_inset Index idx
40494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40503 \begin_layout Standard
40504 Inserts a program listings box.
40505 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40507 Program Code Listings
40512 \begin_inset space ~
40520 \begin_layout Subsection
40524 \begin_layout Standard
40525 Inserts the actual date.
40526 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40528 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40536 \begin_inset space ~
40544 \begin_layout Subsection
40548 \begin_layout Standard
40549 Inserts a preview inset, see section
40550 \begin_inset space ~
40554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40556 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40563 \begin_layout Section
40565 \begin_inset Index idx
40568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40577 \begin_layout Standard
40578 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40579 \begin_inset space ~
40582 of the current document.
40583 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
40586 \begin_layout Subsection
40590 \begin_layout Standard
40591 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40592 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40594 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40598 \begin_inset space \space{}
40602 \begin_inset space ~
40606 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40607 \begin_inset space ~
40610 2.5 and use the submenu
40613 \begin_inset space ~
40617 \begin_inset space ~
40624 \begin_inset space ~
40630 \begin_inset space ~
40634 \begin_inset space ~
40640 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40644 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40650 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40656 \begin_layout Standard
40657 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40658 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40661 \begin_layout Subsection
40662 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40665 \begin_layout Standard
40666 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40670 \begin_layout Subsection
40674 \begin_layout Standard
40675 Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40676 Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
40677 (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
40681 \begin_inset space ~
40685 \begin_inset space ~
40693 \begin_layout Subsection
40697 \begin_layout Standard
40698 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40699 in the output, see section
40702 \begin_inset space ~
40710 \begin_inset space ~
40715 manual for a detailed description.
40718 \begin_layout Section
40720 \begin_inset Index idx
40723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40732 \begin_layout Subsection
40736 \begin_layout Standard
40737 Change Tracking is described in section
40738 \begin_inset space ~
40742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40744 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40751 \begin_layout Subsection
40756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40766 \begin_layout Standard
40767 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40769 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40772 \begin_layout Standard
40773 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40778 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40781 \begin_layout Subsection
40785 \begin_layout Standard
40786 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40787 \begin_inset space ~
40791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40793 reference "sec:Navigating"
40798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40800 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40807 \begin_layout Subsection
40808 Start Appendix Here
40811 \begin_layout Standard
40812 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40813 position as described in section
40814 \begin_inset space ~
40818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40820 reference "sec:Appendices"
40827 \begin_layout Subsection
40831 \begin_layout Standard
40832 Un/compresses the current document.
40835 \begin_layout Subsection
40839 \begin_layout Standard
40840 The document settings are described in appendix
40841 \begin_inset space ~
40845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40847 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40854 \begin_layout Section
40856 \begin_inset Index idx
40859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40868 \begin_layout Subsection
40872 \begin_layout Standard
40873 Spell checking is explained in section
40874 \begin_inset space ~
40878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40880 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40887 \begin_layout Subsection
40891 \begin_layout Standard
40892 The thesaurus is described in section
40893 \begin_inset space ~
40897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40899 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40906 \begin_layout Subsection
40908 \begin_inset Index idx
40911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40918 \begin_inset Index idx
40921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40930 \begin_layout Standard
40931 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40935 \begin_layout Subsection
40937 \begin_inset Index idx
40940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40949 \begin_layout Standard
40950 Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
40954 \begin_layout Subsection
40956 \begin_inset Index idx
40959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40960 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40971 Reconfiguration of LyX
40975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40988 \begin_inset Index idx
40991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40992 Reconfiguration of LyX
41000 \begin_layout Standard
41001 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
41002 and programs it needs; see also section
41003 \begin_inset space ~
41007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41009 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
41016 \begin_layout Subsection
41020 \begin_layout Standard
41021 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
41022 \begin_inset space ~
41026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41028 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
41035 \begin_layout Section
41037 \begin_inset Index idx
41040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41049 \begin_layout Standard
41050 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
41052 Is a file not available in this language, the English version will be listed.
41055 \begin_layout Standard
41059 \begin_inset space ~
41064 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
41065 found by LyX (see also section
41066 \begin_inset space ~
41070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41072 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
41079 \begin_layout Section
41081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41083 name "sec:Toolbars"
41090 \begin_layout Standard
41091 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
41092 \begin_inset space ~
41096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41098 reference "sub:Toolbars"
41105 \begin_layout Standard
41106 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
41107 This is described in the
41109 Additional Features
41114 \begin_layout Subsection
41116 \begin_inset Index idx
41119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41128 \begin_layout Standard
41129 \begin_inset Graphics
41130 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
41138 \begin_layout Standard
41139 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41145 \begin_layout Standard
41146 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41163 \begin_inset Note Note
41166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41167 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
41172 manual for more information.
41180 \begin_layout Standard
41181 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41187 \begin_layout Standard
41188 \begin_inset Tabular
41189 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
41190 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41191 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41192 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41198 \begin_inset Graphics
41199 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41213 pull-down box for the environments
41226 \begin_layout Standard
41227 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41233 \begin_layout Standard
41235 \begin_inset Tabular
41236 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41237 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41238 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41239 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41240 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41263 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41270 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41293 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41300 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41323 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41330 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41339 arg "dialog-show print"
41347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41353 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41360 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41369 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41383 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41390 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41413 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41420 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41443 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41450 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41473 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41480 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41503 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41510 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41533 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41540 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41549 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41563 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41565 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41569 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41578 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41587 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41601 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41602 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41609 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41630 Emphasize text, function of the
41632 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41634 \begin_inset space ~
41645 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41666 Set text to noun style, function of the
41668 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41670 \begin_inset space ~
41681 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41690 arg "textstyle-apply"
41698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41702 Formats text using the current settings in the
41704 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41706 \begin_inset space ~
41717 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41740 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41741 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41743 \begin_inset space ~
41752 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41761 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41775 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41782 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41789 arg "tabular-insert"
41797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41803 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41810 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41819 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41831 Toggle outline window on/off,
41833 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41840 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41849 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41861 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41867 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41876 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41888 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41901 \begin_layout Subsection
41903 \begin_inset Index idx
41906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41915 \begin_layout Standard
41916 \begin_inset Graphics
41917 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41925 \begin_layout Standard
41926 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41932 \begin_layout Standard
41933 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41937 \begin_layout Standard
41938 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41944 \begin_layout Standard
41945 \begin_inset Tabular
41946 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41947 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41948 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41949 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41950 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41977 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41986 arg "layout Enumerate"
41994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42004 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42013 arg "layout Itemize"
42021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42031 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42058 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42067 arg "layout Description"
42075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42085 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42094 arg "depth-increment"
42102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42108 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42110 \begin_inset space ~
42114 \begin_inset space ~
42123 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42132 arg "depth-decrement"
42140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42146 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42148 \begin_inset space ~
42152 \begin_inset space ~
42161 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42170 arg "float-insert figure"
42178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42184 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42185 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42192 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42201 arg "float-insert table"
42209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42215 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42216 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42223 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42246 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42253 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42262 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42276 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42283 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42292 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42306 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42313 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42336 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42338 \begin_inset space ~
42347 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42356 arg "nomencl-insert"
42364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42370 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42372 \begin_inset space ~
42381 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42390 arg "footnote-insert"
42398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42404 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42411 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42420 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42434 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42436 \begin_inset space ~
42445 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42468 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42469 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42471 \begin_inset space ~
42480 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42489 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42503 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42510 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42533 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42540 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42563 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42580 \begin_inset space ~
42589 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42598 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42612 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42613 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42620 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42629 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42643 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42644 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42646 \begin_inset space ~
42655 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42664 arg "dialog-show character"
42672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42678 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42680 \begin_inset space ~
42689 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42698 arg "layout-paragraph"
42706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42712 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42714 \begin_inset space ~
42723 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42732 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42746 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42760 \begin_layout Subsection
42761 View / Update Toolbar
42762 \begin_inset Index idx
42765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42766 Toolbar ! View / Update
42774 \begin_layout Standard
42775 \begin_inset Graphics
42776 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42783 \begin_layout Standard
42784 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42790 \begin_layout Standard
42791 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42795 \begin_layout Standard
42796 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42802 \begin_layout Standard
42803 \begin_inset Tabular
42804 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42805 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42806 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42807 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42808 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42831 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42838 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42847 arg "buffer-update"
42855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42861 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42868 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42877 arg "master-buffer-view"
42885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42891 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42898 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42907 arg "master-buffer-update"
42915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42921 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42923 \begin_inset space ~
42932 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42941 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42955 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42956 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42957 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42958 Synchronize with Output
42964 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42969 \begin_inset Graphics
42970 filename ../images/view-others.png
42972 groupId toolbarbuttons
42983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42989 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42990 View (Other Formats)
42996 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43001 \begin_inset Graphics
43002 filename ../images/update-others.png
43004 groupId toolbarbuttons
43013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43019 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43020 Update (Other Formats)
43033 \begin_layout Standard
43034 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
43038 \begin_layout Subsection
43042 \begin_layout Standard
43043 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
43044 \begin_inset space ~
43048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43050 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43054 , the table toolbar
43055 \begin_inset Index idx
43058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43067 \begin_inset space ~
43072 manual, the math macro toolbar
43073 \begin_inset Index idx
43076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43089 \begin_layout Chapter
43090 The Document Settings
43091 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43093 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
43098 \begin_inset Index idx
43101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43102 Document ! Settings
43110 \begin_layout Standard
43111 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
43112 whole document and is called with the menu
43114 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43118 You can save your document settings as default with the
43120 Save as Document Defaults
43122 button in the dialog.
43123 This will create a template named
43127 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
43131 \begin_layout Standard
43136 resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
43137 This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
43140 \begin_layout Standard
43141 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
43144 \begin_layout Section
43148 \begin_layout Standard
43149 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
43151 Document classes are described in section
43152 \begin_inset space ~
43156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43158 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
43166 \begin_layout Standard
43170 \begin_inset space ~
43175 you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
43179 folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
43180 For more about layout-files, see the chapter
43182 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
43191 \begin_layout Standard
43192 Some classes use special class options by default.
43193 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
43197 and you can decide to use them or not.
43198 If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
43199 recommended to use them untouched.
43204 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
43209 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
43210 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
43215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43216 When you want to use one of the following drivers
43217 \begin_inset Newline newline
43222 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
43225 \begin_inset Newline newline
43228 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
43234 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43236 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43248 \begin_layout Standard
43249 Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
43251 The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
43252 document is opened without its master.
43253 This way child documents are always compilable.
43254 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43261 \begin_inset space ~
43269 \begin_layout Standard
43270 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
43280 \begin_inset Index idx
43283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43284 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
43290 \begin_inset Index idx
43293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43294 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
43299 for cross-references, see sec.
43300 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43306 reference "sec:Cross-References"
43313 \begin_layout Section
43317 \begin_layout Standard
43318 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43319 Please refer to the section
43322 \begin_inset space ~
43330 \begin_inset space ~
43335 manual for details.
43338 \begin_layout Section
43342 \begin_layout Standard
43343 Modules are explained in section
43344 \begin_inset space ~
43348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43350 reference "sub:Modules"
43357 \begin_layout Section
43361 \begin_layout Standard
43363 \begin_inset space ~
43367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43369 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
43376 \begin_layout Section
43380 \begin_layout Standard
43381 The document font settings are described in section
43382 \begin_inset space ~
43386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43388 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43395 \begin_layout Section
43399 \begin_layout Standard
43400 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43402 The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
43405 \begin_layout Standard
43406 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43407 That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
43409 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43412 \begin_layout Section
43416 \begin_layout Standard
43417 A description of this menu is given in section
43418 \begin_inset space ~
43422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43424 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43431 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43438 \begin_layout Section
43442 \begin_layout Standard
43443 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43444 \begin_inset space ~
43448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43450 reference "sub:Margins"
43457 \begin_layout Section
43459 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43461 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43466 \begin_inset Index idx
43469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43470 Language ! Encoding
43478 \begin_layout Standard
43479 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43480 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43481 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43482 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43483 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43484 known for a particular character).
43488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43489 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43494 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43499 manual for details.
43507 \begin_layout Standard
43508 If you use the option
43512 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43513 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43514 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43515 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43516 exactly one encoding.
43517 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43520 \begin_layout Standard
43521 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43522 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43523 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
43524 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43525 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43526 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43531 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43532 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43533 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43534 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43535 engines to standard LaTeX.
43536 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43537 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43540 \begin_inset space ~
43547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43559 \begin_inset space ~
43566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43578 \begin_inset space ~
43584 \begin_inset space ~
43588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43590 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43595 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43599 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43602 \begin_layout Standard
43606 \begin_inset space ~
43611 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43621 The possible settings are:
43624 \begin_layout Description
43625 Default uses the language package that is selected in
43627 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43628 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43632 \begin_inset space ~
43636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43638 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43645 \begin_layout Description
43646 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43647 format you will use.
43648 In many cases this will be
43653 \begin_inset Index idx
43656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43657 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43663 If the newer package
43668 \begin_inset Index idx
43671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43672 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43677 is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
43678 this package will be used instead of
43685 \begin_layout Description
43687 \begin_inset space ~
43698 would be more appropriate.
43701 \begin_layout Description
43702 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43703 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43707 (for German texts), type in
43710 \begin_inset Newline newline
43715 usepackage{ngerman}
43718 \begin_layout Description
43719 None will not use a language package.
43720 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43723 \begin_layout Standard
43724 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43727 \begin_layout Description
43729 \begin_inset space ~
43733 \begin_inset space ~
43737 \begin_inset space ~
43744 , but the LaTeX-package
43749 \begin_inset Index idx
43752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43753 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43759 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43760 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43761 languages in TeX code.
43764 \begin_layout Description
43765 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43766 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43767 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43770 \begin_layout Description
43772 \begin_inset space ~
43776 \begin_inset space ~
43779 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43782 \begin_layout Description
43784 \begin_inset space ~
43788 \begin_inset space ~
43791 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43794 \begin_layout Description
43796 \begin_inset space ~
43799 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43802 \begin_layout Description
43804 \begin_inset space ~
43808 \begin_inset space ~
43811 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43812 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43815 \begin_layout Description
43817 \begin_inset space ~
43821 \begin_inset space ~
43824 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43828 \begin_layout Description
43830 \begin_inset space ~
43834 \begin_inset space ~
43837 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43838 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43841 \begin_layout Description
43843 \begin_inset space ~
43847 \begin_inset space ~
43851 \begin_inset space ~
43854 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43855 \begin_inset space ~
43861 \begin_layout Description
43863 \begin_inset space ~
43867 \begin_inset space ~
43871 \begin_inset space ~
43874 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43875 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43878 \begin_layout Description
43880 \begin_inset space ~
43884 \begin_inset space ~
43887 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43888 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43889 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43890 \begin_inset space ~
43894 \begin_inset space ~
43900 \begin_layout Description
43902 \begin_inset space ~
43906 \begin_inset space ~
43909 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43910 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43911 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43912 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43913 \begin_inset space ~
43917 \begin_inset space ~
43923 \begin_layout Description
43925 \begin_inset space ~
43929 \begin_inset space ~
43932 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43935 \begin_layout Description
43937 \begin_inset space ~
43941 \begin_inset space ~
43944 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43947 \begin_layout Description
43949 \begin_inset space ~
43953 \begin_inset space ~
43956 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43959 \begin_layout Description
43961 \begin_inset space ~
43964 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
43967 \begin_layout Description
43969 \begin_inset space ~
43972 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
43975 \begin_layout Description
43977 \begin_inset space ~
43981 \begin_inset space ~
43984 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
43987 \begin_layout Description
43989 \begin_inset space ~
43993 \begin_inset space ~
43999 \begin_layout Description
44001 \begin_inset space ~
44005 \begin_inset space ~
44008 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
44011 \begin_layout Description
44013 \begin_inset space ~
44017 \begin_inset space ~
44023 \begin_layout Description
44025 \begin_inset space ~
44029 \begin_inset space ~
44032 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44037 \begin_inset Index idx
44040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44041 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44046 , when using this, set the document language to
44051 \begin_layout Description
44053 \begin_inset space ~
44057 \begin_inset space ~
44060 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44064 , when using this, set the document language to
44067 \begin_inset space ~
44073 \begin_layout Description
44075 \begin_inset space ~
44079 \begin_inset space ~
44082 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44087 \begin_inset Index idx
44090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44091 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
44096 , when using this, set the document language to
44101 \begin_layout Description
44103 \begin_inset space ~
44107 \begin_inset space ~
44110 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44114 , when using this, set the document language to
44119 \begin_layout Description
44121 \begin_inset space ~
44125 \begin_inset space ~
44128 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44132 , when using this, set the document language to
44137 \begin_layout Description
44139 \begin_inset space ~
44142 (EUC-KR) for Korean
44145 \begin_layout Description
44147 \begin_inset space ~
44151 \begin_inset space ~
44155 \begin_inset space ~
44158 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
44161 \begin_layout Description
44163 \begin_inset space ~
44167 \begin_inset space ~
44171 \begin_inset space ~
44174 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
44175 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
44176 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
44179 \begin_layout Description
44181 \begin_inset space ~
44185 \begin_inset space ~
44191 \begin_layout Description
44193 \begin_inset space ~
44197 \begin_inset space ~
44200 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
44201 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
44204 \begin_layout Description
44206 \begin_inset space ~
44210 \begin_inset space ~
44213 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
44218 \begin_inset Index idx
44221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44222 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44227 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
44230 \begin_layout Description
44232 \begin_inset space ~
44236 \begin_inset space ~
44239 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
44247 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
44252 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
44254 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
44257 \begin_layout Description
44259 \begin_inset space ~
44263 \begin_inset space ~
44266 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44271 \begin_inset Index idx
44274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44275 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
44280 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
44283 \begin_layout Description
44285 \begin_inset space ~
44288 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44293 \begin_inset Index idx
44296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44297 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
44303 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
44307 \begin_layout Description
44309 \begin_inset space ~
44313 \begin_inset space ~
44317 \begin_inset space ~
44320 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
44321 \begin_inset space ~
44327 \begin_layout Description
44329 \begin_inset space ~
44333 \begin_inset space ~
44337 \begin_inset space ~
44340 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
44341 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
44342 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
44346 \begin_layout Description
44348 \begin_inset space ~
44352 \begin_inset space ~
44356 \begin_inset space ~
44359 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
44360 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
44363 \begin_layout Standard
44364 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
44367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44368 LatexCommand formatted
44369 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
44373 for more information on the language package.
44376 \begin_layout Section
44378 \begin_inset Index idx
44381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44388 \begin_inset Index idx
44391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44400 \begin_layout Standard
44401 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44403 \begin_inset space ~
44406 out notes (default: light grey).
44411 sets the color back to the default.
44414 \begin_layout Standard
44415 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44417 \begin_inset space ~
44420 boxes (default: red).
44423 \begin_layout Standard
44424 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44428 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
44430 \begin_inset space ~
44433 out note appears blue in the output.)
44441 \begin_layout Standard
44442 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44445 \begin_inset space ~
44450 in the document settings under
44453 \begin_inset space ~
44458 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44461 \begin_inset space ~
44469 \begin_inset space ~
44475 For example the option
44478 \begin_layout Standard
44484 \begin_layout Standard
44485 sets the link text color to black.
44486 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44491 \begin_inset Index idx
44494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44495 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44501 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44510 \begin_layout Standard
44511 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44517 \begin_layout Standard
44518 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44519 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44520 \begin_inset space ~
44523 Code behind a forced page break:
44526 \begin_layout Itemize
44527 For the page color:
44528 \begin_inset Newline newline
44535 pagecolor{color name}
44538 \begin_layout Itemize
44539 For the text color:
44540 \begin_inset Newline newline
44550 \begin_layout Standard
44551 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44584 \begin_inset Newline newline
44587 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44591 \begin_layout Itemize
44592 For the page background color:
44593 \begin_inset Newline newline
44598 page_backgroundcolor
44601 \begin_layout Itemize
44602 For the main text color:
44603 \begin_inset Newline newline
44611 \begin_layout Itemize
44613 \begin_inset space ~
44616 box background color:
44617 \begin_inset Newline newline
44625 \begin_layout Itemize
44627 \begin_inset space ~
44630 out note text color:
44631 \begin_inset Newline newline
44639 \begin_layout Standard
44640 How to define and use custom colors, see section
44643 \begin_inset space ~
44651 \begin_inset space ~
44659 \begin_layout Section
44663 \begin_layout Standard
44664 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44665 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44666 \begin_inset space ~
44670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44672 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44679 \begin_layout Section
44683 \begin_layout Standard
44684 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44689 \begin_inset Index idx
44692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44693 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44703 \begin_inset Index idx
44706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44707 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44713 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44718 \begin_inset Index idx
44721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44722 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44727 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44729 For a further description see section
44730 \begin_inset space ~
44734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44736 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44743 \begin_layout Section
44747 \begin_layout Standard
44748 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44749 and you can define additional indexes.
44750 Please refer to section
44751 \begin_inset space ~
44755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44757 reference "sec:Index"
44764 \begin_layout Section
44768 \begin_layout Standard
44769 The PDF properties are explained in section
44770 \begin_inset space ~
44774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44776 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44783 \begin_layout Section
44787 \begin_layout Standard
44788 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44793 \begin_inset Index idx
44796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44797 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44807 \begin_inset Index idx
44810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44811 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44821 \begin_inset Index idx
44824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44825 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44835 \begin_inset Index idx
44838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44839 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44844 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44847 \begin_layout Description
44848 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44849 ensure that you have enabled
44852 \begin_inset space ~
44860 \begin_layout Description
44861 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44864 \begin_inset space ~
44876 \begin_layout Description
44877 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44888 \begin_layout Description
44889 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44891 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44900 \begin_layout Section
44904 \begin_layout Standard
44905 The float placement options are described in section
44908 \begin_inset space ~
44916 \begin_inset space ~
44924 \begin_layout Section
44928 \begin_layout Standard
44929 The listings settings are explained in chapter
44931 Program Code Listings
44936 \begin_inset space ~
44944 \begin_layout Section
44948 \begin_layout Standard
44949 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
44950 The itemize environment is described in section
44951 \begin_inset space ~
44955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44957 reference "sec:Itemize"
44964 \begin_layout Section
44968 \begin_layout Standard
44969 Branches are described in section
44970 \begin_inset space ~
44974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44976 reference "sec:Branches"
44983 \begin_layout Section
44985 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44987 name "sec:Doc-Output"
44994 \begin_layout Standard
44995 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
44998 \begin_layout Description
45000 \begin_inset space ~
45004 \begin_inset space ~
45007 Format: The format that is used when you hit
45008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45027 View Master Document
45028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45035 Update Master Document
45036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45043 menu or the toolbar.
45044 The default is set in
45046 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45047 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45056 LatexCommand formatted
45057 reference "sec:File-Formats"
45064 \begin_layout Description
45066 \begin_inset space ~
45070 \begin_inset space ~
45073 Output settings for the menu
45075 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45077 \begin_inset space ~
45083 For a detailed description see section
45085 Reverse DVI/PDF search
45090 \begin_inset space ~
45098 \begin_layout Description
45100 \begin_inset space ~
45104 \begin_inset space ~
45107 Options settings for the export format
45115 \begin_inset space ~
45120 will assure that the output follows exactly version
45121 \begin_inset space ~
45124 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
45128 \begin_inset space ~
45133 settings are described in detail in section
45135 Math Output in XHTML
45140 \begin_inset space ~
45146 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
45149 \begin_layout Section
45154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45164 \begin_layout Standard
45165 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
45166 to define LaTeX-commands.
45167 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
45168 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
45172 \begin_layout Standard
45173 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
45174 \begin_inset space ~
45178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45180 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
45187 \begin_layout Chapter
45193 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45195 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
45200 \begin_inset Index idx
45203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45212 \begin_layout Standard
45213 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
45215 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45219 It has the following submenus.
45222 \begin_layout Section
45226 \begin_layout Subsection
45230 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45231 User Interface File
45232 \begin_inset Index idx
45235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45236 Customization ! of toolbars
45242 \begin_inset Index idx
45245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45246 Customization ! of menus
45254 \begin_layout Standard
45255 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
45256 interface (ui) file.
45257 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
45258 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
45267 Both files are loaded by the
45272 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
45273 files and edit the entries.
45276 \begin_layout Standard
45277 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
45289 entries must be finished with an explicit
45314 and in the case of the
45315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45327 The syntax for the entries is:
45330 \begin_layout Standard
45331 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45359 \begin_layout Standard
45361 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45364 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
45366 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45368 \begin_inset space ~
45376 \begin_layout Standard
45377 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45383 \begin_layout Standard
45384 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45386 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45389 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45393 \begin_layout Standard
45394 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45418 \begin_layout Standard
45420 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45423 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45426 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45430 \begin_layout Standard
45431 Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
45432 The currently available icon sets are compared in
45433 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45436 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
45443 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45447 \begin_layout Standard
45450 Enable tool tips in main work area
45452 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45456 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45460 \begin_layout Standard
45463 Restore window layouts and geometries
45465 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45466 in the last LyX session.
45469 \begin_layout Standard
45472 Restore cursor positions
45474 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
45478 \begin_layout Standard
45481 Load opened files from last session
45483 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45486 \begin_layout Standard
45489 Clear all session information
45491 deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
45492 of last opened documents, etc.).
45495 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45497 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45499 name "sub:Backup documents"
45504 \begin_inset Index idx
45507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45516 \begin_layout Standard
45519 Backup original documents when saving
45521 creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
45522 it was saved the last time.
45523 It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
45526 \begin_inset space ~
45532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45534 reference "sec:Paths"
45539 The backup file has the file extension
45540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45554 \begin_layout Standard
45557 Backup documents, every
45559 , you can specify the time between backup saves.
45562 \begin_layout Standard
45565 Save documents compressed by default
45567 saves the files always in a compressed format.
45570 \begin_layout Standard
45575 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45578 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45580 \begin_inset space ~
45588 \begin_layout Standard
45591 Open documents in tabs
45593 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45597 \begin_layout Standard
45600 Single close-tab button
45602 there will only be one button (
45605 \begin_inset Graphics
45606 filename ../images/closetab.png
45613 ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
45614 Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
45617 \begin_layout Standard
45618 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45626 For the last option you have to restart LyX before the chang takes effect.
45634 \begin_layout Subsection
45636 \begin_inset Index idx
45639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45648 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45655 \begin_layout Standard
45656 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45659 \begin_layout Standard
45660 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45668 This section only deals with the fonts
45673 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45676 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45677 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45688 \begin_layout Standard
45689 By default, LyX uses
45693 as roman (serif) font,
45701 (depends on the system) as
45704 \begin_inset space ~
45720 \begin_layout Standard
45721 You can change the font size with the
45726 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
45727 current LyX session by pressing
45731 and scrolling the mouse wheel.
45734 \begin_layout Standard
45739 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
45740 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45742 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45745 points have the size of 1
45746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45750 \begin_inset space ~
45754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45756 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
45763 \begin_layout Standard
45768 are the same as if a document font size of 10
45769 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45773 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45774 \begin_inset space ~
45778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45780 reference "sub:Document-Font"
45787 \begin_layout Standard
45790 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
45792 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
45793 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
45794 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
45795 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
45797 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
45798 \begin_inset space ~
45804 \begin_layout Subsection
45806 \begin_inset Index idx
45809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45816 \begin_inset Index idx
45819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45828 \begin_layout Standard
45829 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
45830 Choose an item in the list and use the
45837 \begin_layout Standard
45838 By using the option
45842 the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
45845 cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
45846 \begin_inset space ~
45850 \begin_inset space ~
45855 are then not customizable and thus not listed.
45858 \begin_layout Subsection
45860 \begin_inset Index idx
45863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45872 \begin_layout Standard
45873 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
45876 \begin_layout Standard
45881 enables previewing snippets of your document.
45882 This feature is described in section
45883 \begin_inset space ~
45887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45889 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
45896 \begin_layout Standard
45900 \begin_inset space ~
45904 \begin_inset space ~
45908 \begin_inset space ~
45913 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
45916 \begin_layout Section
45918 \begin_inset Index idx
45921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45930 \begin_layout Subsection
45934 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45938 \begin_layout Standard
45941 Cursor follows scrollbar
45943 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
45947 \begin_layout Standard
45948 You can adjust the width of the cursor.
45949 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
45950 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
45953 \begin_layout Standard
45956 Scroll below end of document
45958 is self-explanatory.
45961 \begin_layout Standard
45962 In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
45969 Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
45971 the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
45972 Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
45975 \begin_layout Standard
45978 Sort environments alphabetically
45980 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45983 \begin_layout Standard
45986 Group environments by their category
45988 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45991 \begin_layout Standard
45992 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
46004 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46008 \begin_layout Standard
46009 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
46014 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
46015 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
46019 \begin_layout Subsection
46021 \begin_inset Index idx
46024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46031 \begin_inset Index idx
46034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46035 Settings ! Shortcuts
46043 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46047 \begin_layout Standard
46048 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
46049 Several binding files are available:
46052 \begin_layout Description
46053 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
46056 \begin_layout Description
46057 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
46068 \begin_layout Description
46069 mac.bind set of bindings for
46072 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46080 \begin_layout Standard
46081 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
46085 , and bind files for special languages.
46086 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
46087 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46091 \begin_inset space \space{}
46095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46103 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
46107 \begin_layout Standard
46108 Some bind-files, like
46112 , have only a small scope.
46113 When looking at the end of the file
46117 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
46120 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46122 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46124 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
46129 \begin_inset Index idx
46132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46133 Key Bindings ! Editing
46141 \begin_layout Standard
46142 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
46143 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
46144 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
46147 Show key-bindings containing
46150 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
46151 Insert there for example as keyword
46152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46159 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
46161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46169 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
46170 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
46174 that you will find in the
46181 \begin_layout Standard
46183 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46187 \begin_inset space \space{}
46198 , select the function and press the
46203 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
46204 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
46205 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
46206 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
46207 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
46209 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
46211 The binding for the function
46215 is an example of this.
46218 \begin_layout Standard
46219 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
46221 The syntax of the entries is:
46224 \begin_layout Standard
46230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46248 \begin_layout Subsection
46250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46252 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
46257 \begin_inset Index idx
46260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46267 \begin_inset Index idx
46270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46271 Settings ! Keyboard Map
46279 \begin_layout Standard
46280 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
46281 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
46283 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46287 \begin_inset space \space{}
46290 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
46291 can use the keyboard map file named
46298 \begin_layout Standard
46299 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46307 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
46315 \begin_layout Standard
46316 You can furthermore specify here the
46318 Wheel scrolling speed
46321 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
46325 \begin_layout Standard
46330 you can select a key for zooming.
46331 When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
46334 \begin_layout Subsection
46338 \begin_layout Standard
46339 Input completion is described in sec.
46340 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46346 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
46353 \begin_layout Section
46355 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46362 \begin_inset Index idx
46365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46372 \begin_inset Index idx
46375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46384 \begin_layout Description
46386 \begin_inset space ~
46389 directory This is LyX's working directory.
46390 It is the default when you
46401 \begin_inset space ~
46409 \begin_layout Description
46411 \begin_inset space ~
46414 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
46416 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46418 \begin_inset space ~
46422 \begin_inset space ~
46430 \begin_layout Description
46432 \begin_inset space ~
46435 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
46441 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46445 \begin_inset Newline newline
46449 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46461 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
46469 \begin_layout Description
46471 \begin_inset space ~
46475 \begin_inset Index idx
46478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46484 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
46485 If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
46486 \begin_inset space ~
46490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46492 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46500 will be used to save the backups.
46501 \begin_inset Newline newline
46504 Backup files have the ending
46505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46515 \begin_layout Description
46520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46527 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a UNIX-pipe.
46528 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
46529 \begin_inset Newline newline
46536 : You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document.
46537 You can edit this file with the program
46546 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
46549 \begin_inset space ~
46555 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46560 and click on the LyX-symbol.
46561 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46567 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
46568 \begin_inset Newline newline
46572 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46580 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
46588 \begin_layout Description
46590 \begin_inset space ~
46593 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46596 \begin_layout Description
46598 \begin_inset space ~
46601 directory Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
46602 You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
46603 if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
46606 \begin_layout Description
46608 \begin_inset space ~
46611 directory Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
46617 You only need to specify it if you are using
46621 and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
46627 is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
46631 \begin_layout Description
46633 \begin_inset space ~
46636 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46637 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46638 to find it on the system.
46639 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46640 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46642 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46646 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46649 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46650 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46653 \begin_layout Description
46655 \begin_inset space ~
46658 prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
46659 are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code.
46660 This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
46662 The prefix can be set to any list of paths separated by the default separator
46663 of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on windows).
46664 If files are included by LaTeX, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix
46665 will be scanned for the input files.
46666 Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
46667 to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
46668 It is recommended to include always the '.' as one of the paths, otherwise
46669 compilation may fail for some documents.
46672 \begin_layout Section
46676 \begin_layout Standard
46677 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46678 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46680 \begin_inset space ~
46684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46686 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46690 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46693 \begin_layout Section
46695 \begin_inset Index idx
46698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46699 Language ! Settings
46705 \begin_inset Index idx
46708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46709 Settings ! Language
46717 \begin_layout Subsection
46719 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46721 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
46728 \begin_layout Description
46730 \begin_inset space ~
46734 \begin_inset space ~
46737 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
46738 You find the actual translation status here:
46739 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46741 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46748 \begin_layout Description
46750 \begin_inset space ~
46753 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
46755 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
46756 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
46757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46773 The most widespread language package is
46778 \begin_inset Index idx
46781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46782 LaTeX-packages ! babel
46787 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
46788 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
46789 with the alternative language package
46794 \begin_inset Index idx
46797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46798 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
46803 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
46804 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
46806 The available selections are described in sec.
46807 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46811 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46813 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
46820 \begin_layout Description
46822 \begin_inset space ~
46825 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
46826 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
46827 An example is the start command
46833 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
46838 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46853 selectlanguage{$$lang}
46858 \begin_layout Description
46860 \begin_inset space ~
46868 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
46869 command toggles the package on and off.
46872 \begin_layout Description
46874 \begin_inset space ~
46878 \begin_inset space ~
46881 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
46885 \begin_layout Description
46887 \begin_inset space ~
46891 \begin_inset space ~
46894 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
46895 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
46896 used by all LaTeX-packages.
46897 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
46904 \begin_layout Description
46906 \begin_inset space ~
46909 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
46911 When this option is not set, the
46914 \begin_inset space ~
46919 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
46920 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
46923 \begin_inset space ~
46931 \begin_layout Description
46933 \begin_inset space ~
46939 \begin_inset space ~
46945 When it is not set, the
46948 \begin_inset space ~
46953 is set to the end of the document.
46956 \begin_layout Description
46958 \begin_inset space ~
46962 \begin_inset space ~
46965 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
46966 language will be underlined blue.
46969 \begin_layout Description
46971 \begin_inset space ~
46975 \begin_inset space ~
46978 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
46979 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
46982 \begin_layout Description
46984 \begin_inset space ~
46987 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
46988 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
46989 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
46990 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
46993 \begin_layout Subsection
46997 \begin_layout Standard
46998 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
46999 \begin_inset space ~
47003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47005 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
47012 \begin_layout Section
47016 \begin_layout Subsection
47020 \begin_layout Description
47022 \begin_inset space ~
47026 \begin_inset space ~
47029 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
47032 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47033 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47035 \begin_inset space ~
47041 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
47045 \begin_layout Description
47047 \begin_inset space ~
47051 \begin_inset Index idx
47054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47061 \begin_inset Index idx
47064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47065 Settings ! Date format
47070 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
47071 \begin_inset Newline newline
47075 \begin_inset Flex URL
47078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47080 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
47086 \begin_inset Newline newline
47089 For example the format
47090 \begin_inset Newline newline
47094 \begin_inset Newline newline
47097 prints the date as day/month/year.
47100 \begin_layout Description
47102 \begin_inset space ~
47106 \begin_inset space ~
47109 export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
47112 \begin_layout Description
47114 \begin_inset space ~
47117 search Commands that will be used for the menu
47119 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47121 \begin_inset space ~
47127 For a detailed description see section
47129 Reverse DVI/PDF search
47134 \begin_inset space ~
47142 \begin_layout Subsection
47144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47151 \begin_inset Index idx
47154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47161 \begin_inset Index idx
47164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47173 \begin_layout Description
47175 \begin_inset space ~
47178 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
47179 The name will be used when the
47184 \begin_inset Newline newline
47188 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
47191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47196 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
47204 \begin_layout Description
47206 \begin_inset space ~
47209 command is the command LyX
47210 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47214 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47217 LaTeX uses for printing.
47218 The default is on most systems
47225 \begin_layout Description
47227 \begin_inset space ~
47231 \begin_inset space ~
47234 Options Here you can specify printer options.
47235 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
47236 of the program that provides the
47243 \begin_layout Description
47245 \begin_inset space ~
47249 \begin_inset space ~
47253 \begin_inset space ~
47256 printer This option works only for the
47261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47273 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
47274 This is an option only for dvips experts.
47277 \begin_layout Subsection
47282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47290 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47292 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
47297 \begin_inset Index idx
47300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47309 \begin_layout Description
47311 \begin_inset space ~
47318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47326 \begin_inset space ~
47330 \begin_inset space ~
47333 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
47338 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
47360 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
47361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47373 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
47374 LyX sets up in the background.
47375 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
47378 \begin_layout Description
47380 \begin_inset space ~
47384 \begin_inset space ~
47387 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
47392 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
47395 \begin_layout Description
47397 \begin_inset space ~
47401 \begin_inset space ~
47405 \begin_inset space ~
47409 \begin_inset space ~
47412 options They only have an effect when the program
47416 is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
47419 \begin_layout Standard
47420 You can also specify here options and commands with parameters for processors.
47421 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
47422 manuals of the applications.
47425 \begin_layout Description
47427 \begin_inset space ~
47430 generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
47431 \begin_inset space ~
47435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47437 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
47444 \begin_layout Description
47446 \begin_inset space ~
47449 generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
47450 \begin_inset space ~
47454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47456 reference "sub:Index-Program"
47463 \begin_layout Description
47465 \begin_inset space ~
47468 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
47469 \begin_inset space ~
47473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47475 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
47482 \begin_layout Description
47487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47495 \begin_inset space ~
47498 command Command for the program
47502 that is described in the section
47508 Additional Features
47513 \begin_layout Standard
47514 There are additionally the following options:
47517 \begin_layout Description
47519 \begin_inset space ~
47523 \begin_inset space ~
47527 \begin_inset space ~
47531 \begin_inset space ~
47535 \begin_inset space ~
47538 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
47539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47556 to separate folders.
47557 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
47558 \begin_inset Index idx
47561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47568 \begin_inset Index idx
47571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47580 \begin_layout Description
47582 \begin_inset space ~
47586 \begin_inset space ~
47590 \begin_inset space ~
47594 \begin_inset space ~
47598 \begin_inset space ~
47602 \begin_inset space ~
47605 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47607 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47610 dialog when changing the document class.
47613 \begin_layout Section
47615 \begin_inset space ~
47619 \begin_inset Index idx
47622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47631 \begin_layout Subsection
47633 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47635 name "sub:Converters"
47640 \begin_inset Index idx
47643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47652 \begin_layout Standard
47653 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47654 from one format to another.
47655 You can modify them or create new ones.
47656 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47663 \begin_inset space ~
47673 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47677 \begin_inset space ~
47682 drop-down list, modify the
47686 field, and press the
47693 \begin_layout Standard
47696 Converter File Cache
47698 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47701 Maximum Age (in days
47704 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47705 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47708 \begin_layout Standard
47709 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
47710 the converter definition, is described in the section
47721 \begin_layout Subsection
47723 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47725 name "sec:File-Formats"
47730 \begin_inset Index idx
47733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47740 \begin_inset Index idx
47743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47752 \begin_layout Standard
47753 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
47754 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
47758 \begin_layout Standard
47759 Furthermore, you can define the
47761 Default output format
47763 that is used when you use
47765 View, Update, View Master Document
47769 Update Master Document
47775 menu or the toolbar.
47778 \begin_layout Standard
47779 More about formats and their options is described in the section
47790 \begin_layout Standard
47791 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
47792 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
47793 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
47794 This is done by specifying a
47799 More about this is described in the section
47810 \begin_layout Chapter
47811 Units available in LyX
47812 \begin_inset Index idx
47815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47822 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47824 name "cha:Units-available-in"
47831 \begin_layout Standard
47832 To understand the units described in this documentation,
47833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47835 reference "cap:Units"
47839 explains all units available in LyX.
47842 \begin_layout Standard
47843 \begin_inset Float table
47849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47850 \begin_inset Caption
47852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47868 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
47874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47876 \begin_inset Tabular
47877 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
47878 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
47879 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47880 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47976 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47980 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48004 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48008 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48031 scaled point (65536
48032 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48036 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48060 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48064 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48088 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48092 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
48096 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48120 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48124 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48147 % of original image width
48154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48336 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48340 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48361 \begin_layout Chapter
48363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48372 \begin_layout Standard
48373 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
48374 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
48377 \begin_layout Itemize
48380 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
48383 \begin_layout Itemize
48389 \begin_layout Itemize
48395 \begin_layout Itemize
48401 \begin_layout Itemize
48407 \begin_layout Itemize
48413 \begin_layout Itemize
48419 \begin_layout Itemize
48425 \begin_layout Itemize
48428 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
48431 \begin_layout Itemize
48437 \begin_layout Itemize
48443 \begin_layout Itemize
48449 \begin_layout Itemize
48455 \begin_layout Itemize
48461 \begin_layout Itemize
48467 \begin_layout Itemize
48473 \begin_layout Itemize
48479 \begin_layout Itemize
48481 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
48490 \begin_layout Standard
48491 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48494 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
48501 \begin_layout Bibliography
48502 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48503 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48504 LatexCommand bibitem
48511 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48514 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
48519 \begin_inset Newline newline
48523 \begin_inset Flex URL
48526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48528 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
48536 \begin_layout Bibliography
48537 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48538 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48539 LatexCommand bibitem
48540 key "latexcompanion"
48544 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48546 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
48549 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48552 \begin_layout Bibliography
48553 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48554 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48555 LatexCommand bibitem
48560 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48563 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
48566 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48569 \begin_layout Bibliography
48570 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48571 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48572 LatexCommand bibitem
48579 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
48582 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48585 \begin_layout Bibliography
48586 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48587 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48588 LatexCommand bibitem
48600 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48603 \begin_layout Bibliography
48604 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48605 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48606 LatexCommand bibitem
48612 \begin_inset Newline newline
48616 \begin_inset Flex URL
48619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48621 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48629 \begin_layout Bibliography
48630 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48631 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48632 LatexCommand bibitem
48638 \begin_inset Newline newline
48642 \begin_inset Flex URL
48645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48647 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48655 \begin_layout Bibliography
48656 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48657 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48658 LatexCommand bibitem
48664 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48666 name "Documentation"
48667 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48676 \begin_inset Newline newline
48680 \begin_inset Flex URL
48683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48685 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48693 \begin_layout Bibliography
48694 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48695 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48696 LatexCommand bibitem
48702 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48704 name "Documentation"
48705 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48709 how to use the program
48714 \begin_inset Newline newline
48718 \begin_inset Flex URL
48721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48723 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48731 \begin_layout Bibliography
48732 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48733 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48734 LatexCommand bibitem
48740 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48742 name "Documentation"
48743 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48752 \begin_inset Newline newline
48756 \begin_inset Flex URL
48759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48761 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
48769 \begin_layout Bibliography
48770 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48771 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48772 LatexCommand bibitem
48778 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48780 name "Documentation"
48781 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
48790 \begin_inset Newline newline
48794 \begin_inset Flex URL
48797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48799 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
48807 \begin_layout Bibliography
48808 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48809 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48810 LatexCommand bibitem
48816 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48818 name "Documentation"
48819 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
48823 of the LaTeX-package
48828 \begin_inset Index idx
48831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48832 LaTeX-packages ! caption
48838 \begin_inset Newline newline
48842 \begin_inset Flex URL
48845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48847 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
48855 \begin_layout Bibliography
48856 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48857 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48858 LatexCommand bibitem
48864 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48866 name "Documentation"
48867 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
48871 of the LaTeX-package
48876 \begin_inset Index idx
48879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48880 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
48886 \begin_inset Newline newline
48890 \begin_inset Flex URL
48893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48895 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
48903 \begin_layout Bibliography
48904 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48905 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48906 LatexCommand bibitem
48912 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48914 name "Documentation"
48915 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
48919 of the LaTeX-package
48924 \begin_inset Index idx
48927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48928 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
48934 \begin_inset Newline newline
48938 \begin_inset Flex URL
48941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48943 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
48951 \begin_layout Bibliography
48952 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48953 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48954 LatexCommand bibitem
48962 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48964 name "Documentation"
48965 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
48971 of the LaTeX-package
48976 \begin_inset Index idx
48979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48980 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
48986 \begin_inset Newline newline
48990 \begin_inset Flex URL
48993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48995 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
49003 \begin_layout Bibliography
49004 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49005 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49006 LatexCommand bibitem
49012 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49014 name "Documentation"
49015 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
49019 of the LaTeX-package
49024 \begin_inset Index idx
49027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49028 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
49034 \begin_inset Newline newline
49038 \begin_inset Flex URL
49041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49043 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
49051 \begin_layout Bibliography
49052 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49053 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49054 LatexCommand bibitem
49060 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49062 name "Documentation"
49063 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
49067 of the LaTeX-package
49072 \begin_inset Index idx
49075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49076 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
49082 \begin_inset Newline newline
49086 \begin_inset Flex URL
49089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49091 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
49099 \begin_layout Bibliography
49100 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49101 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49102 LatexCommand bibitem
49108 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49110 name "Documentation"
49111 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
49115 of the LaTeX-package
49120 \begin_inset Index idx
49123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49124 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
49130 \begin_inset Newline newline
49134 \begin_inset Flex URL
49137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49139 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
49147 \begin_layout Bibliography
49148 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49149 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49150 LatexCommand bibitem
49156 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49158 name "Documentation"
49159 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
49163 of the LaTeX-package
49168 \begin_inset Index idx
49171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49172 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
49178 \begin_inset Newline newline
49182 \begin_inset Flex URL
49185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49187 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
49195 \begin_layout Bibliography
49196 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49197 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49198 LatexCommand bibitem
49204 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49207 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
49211 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
49212 \begin_inset Newline newline
49216 \begin_inset Flex URL
49219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49221 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
49229 \begin_layout Bibliography
49230 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49231 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49232 LatexCommand bibitem
49238 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49241 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
49245 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
49246 \begin_inset Newline newline
49250 \begin_inset Flex URL
49253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49255 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
49263 \begin_layout Bibliography
49264 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49265 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49266 LatexCommand bibitem
49272 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49275 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
49279 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
49280 \begin_inset Newline newline
49284 \begin_inset Flex URL
49287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49289 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
49297 \begin_layout Bibliography
49298 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49299 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49300 LatexCommand bibitem
49306 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49309 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
49313 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
49314 \begin_inset Newline newline
49318 \begin_inset Flex URL
49321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49323 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
49331 \begin_layout Bibliography
49332 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49333 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49334 LatexCommand bibitem
49340 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49343 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
49347 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
49348 \begin_inset Newline newline
49352 \begin_inset Flex URL
49355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49357 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
49365 \begin_layout Bibliography
49366 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49367 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49368 LatexCommand bibitem
49374 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49377 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
49381 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
49382 \begin_inset Newline newline
49386 \begin_inset Flex URL
49389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49391 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
49399 \begin_layout Bibliography
49400 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49401 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49402 LatexCommand bibitem
49408 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49411 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
49415 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
49416 \begin_inset Newline newline
49420 \begin_inset Flex URL
49423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49425 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
49433 \begin_layout Bibliography
49434 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49435 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49436 LatexCommand bibitem
49442 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49445 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
49449 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
49450 \begin_inset Newline newline
49454 \begin_inset Flex URL
49457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49459 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
49467 \begin_layout Bibliography
49468 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49469 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49470 LatexCommand bibitem
49476 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49479 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
49483 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
49484 \begin_inset Newline newline
49488 \begin_inset Flex URL
49491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49493 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
49501 \begin_layout Bibliography
49502 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49503 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49504 LatexCommand bibitem
49510 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49513 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
49517 about new features in
49522 \begin_inset Newline newline
49526 \begin_inset Flex URL
49529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49531 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
49539 \begin_layout Standard
49540 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49574 \begin_inset Note Note
49577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49584 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49585 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49586 bibliography is the second one:
49594 \begin_layout Standard
49595 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49596 LatexCommand bibtex
49597 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
49598 options "biblio/alphadin"
49605 \begin_layout Standard
49606 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49609 \begin_layout Standard
49610 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49611 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49617 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49618 LatexCommand printindex